src/corelib/tools/qstring.cpp
author Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
Thu, 02 Sep 2010 21:20:32 +0300
changeset 34 a33bf25e6f72
parent 33 3e2da88830cd
child 37 758a864f9613
permissions -rw-r--r--
Revision: 201033 Kit: 201035
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     1
/****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     2
**
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
     3
** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     4
** All rights reserved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     5
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     6
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     7
** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     8
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     9
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    10
** No Commercial Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    11
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    12
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    13
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    14
** this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    15
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    16
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    17
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    18
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    19
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    20
** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    21
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    22
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    23
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    24
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    25
** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    26
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    27
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    28
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    29
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    30
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    31
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    32
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    33
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    34
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    35
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    36
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    37
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    38
** $QT_END_LICENSE$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    39
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    40
****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    42
#include "qstringlist.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    43
#include "qregexp.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    44
#include "qunicodetables_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    45
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    46
#include <qtextcodec.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    47
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    48
#include <private/qutfcodec_p.h>
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
    49
#include "qsimd_p.h"
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    50
#include <qdatastream.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    51
#include <qlist.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    52
#include "qlocale.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    53
#include "qlocale_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    54
#include "qstringmatcher.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    55
#include "qvarlengtharray.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    56
#include "qtools_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    57
#include "qhash.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    58
#include "qdebug.h"
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
    59
#include "qendian.h"
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    60
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    61
#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    62
#include <private/qcore_mac_p.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    63
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    64
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    65
#include <private/qfunctions_p.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    66
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    67
#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    68
#include <windows.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    69
#include <winnls.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    70
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    71
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
    72
#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
    73
#include <e32cmn.h>
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
    74
#endif
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
    75
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    76
#include <limits.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    77
#include <string.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    78
#include <stdlib.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    79
#include <stdio.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    80
#include <stdarg.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    81
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    82
#ifdef truncate
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    83
#undef truncate
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    84
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    85
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    86
#include "qchar.cpp"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    87
#include "qstringmatcher.cpp"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    88
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    89
#ifndef LLONG_MAX
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    90
#define LLONG_MAX qint64_C(9223372036854775807)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    91
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    92
#ifndef LLONG_MIN
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    93
#define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX - qint64_C(1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    94
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    95
#ifndef ULLONG_MAX
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    96
#define ULLONG_MAX quint64_C(18446744073709551615)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    97
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    98
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    99
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   101
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   102
QTextCodec *QString::codecForCStrings;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   103
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   104
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   105
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   106
static QHash<void *, QByteArray> *asciiCache = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   107
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   108
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   109
// internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   110
int qFindString(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   111
    const QChar *needle, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   112
int qFindStringBoyerMoore(const QChar *haystack, int haystackLen, int from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   113
    const QChar *needle, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   116
// Unicode case-insensitive comparison
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   117
static int ucstricmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *ae, const ushort *b, const ushort *be)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   118
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   119
    if (a == b)
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
   120
        return (ae - be);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   121
    if (a == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   122
        return 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   123
    if (b == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   124
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   125
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   126
    const ushort *e = ae;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   127
    if (be - b < ae - a)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   128
        e = a + (be - b);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   130
    uint alast = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   131
    uint blast = 0;
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
   132
    while (a < e) {
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   133
//         qDebug() << hex << alast << blast;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   134
//         qDebug() << hex << "*a=" << *a << "alast=" << alast << "folded=" << foldCase (*a, alast);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   135
//         qDebug() << hex << "*b=" << *b << "blast=" << blast << "folded=" << foldCase (*b, blast);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   136
        int diff = foldCase(*a, alast) - foldCase(*b, blast);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   137
        if ((diff))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   138
            return diff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   139
        ++a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   140
        ++b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   141
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   142
    if (a == ae) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   143
        if (b == be)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   144
            return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   145
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   146
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   147
    return 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   148
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   150
// Case-insensitive comparison between a Unicode string and a QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   151
static int ucstricmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *ae, const uchar *b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   152
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   153
    if (a == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   154
        if (b == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   155
            return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   156
        return 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   157
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   158
    if (b == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   159
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   160
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
   161
    while (a < ae && *b) {
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   162
        int diff = foldCase(*a) - foldCase(*b);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   163
        if ((diff))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   164
            return diff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   165
        ++a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   166
        ++b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   167
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   168
    if (a == ae) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   169
        if (!*b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   170
            return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   171
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   172
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   173
    return 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   174
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   175
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   176
// Unicode case-insensitive comparison
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   177
static int ucstrcmp(const QChar *a, int alen, const QChar *b, int blen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   178
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   179
    if (a == b && alen == blen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   180
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   181
    int l = qMin(alen, blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   182
    while (l-- && *a == *b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   183
        a++,b++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   184
    if (l == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   185
        return (alen-blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   186
    return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   187
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   189
// Unicode case-sensitive compare two same-sized strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   190
static int ucstrncmp(const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   191
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   192
    while (l-- && *a == *b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   193
        a++,b++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   194
    if (l==-1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   195
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   196
    return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   197
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   198
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   199
// Unicode case-insensitive compare two same-sized strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   200
static int ucstrnicmp(const ushort *a, const ushort *b, int l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   201
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   202
    return ucstricmp(a, a + l, b, b + l);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   203
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   204
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   205
static bool qMemEquals(const quint16 *a, const quint16 *b, int length)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   206
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   207
    // Benchmarking indicates that doing memcmp is much slower than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   208
    // executing the comparison ourselves.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   209
    // To make it even faster, we do a 32-bit comparison, comparing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   210
    // twice the amount of data as a normal word-by-word comparison.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   211
    //
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   212
    // Benchmarking results on a 2.33 GHz Core2 Duo, with a 64-QChar
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   213
    // block of data, with 4194304 iterations (per iteration):
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   214
    //    operation             usec            cpu ticks
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   215
    //     memcmp                330               710
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   216
    //     16-bit                 79             167-171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   217
    //  32-bit aligned            49             105-109
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   218
    //
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   219
    // Testing also indicates that unaligned 32-bit loads are as
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   220
    // performant as 32-bit aligned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   221
    if (a == b || !length)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   222
        return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   224
    register union {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   225
        const quint16 *w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   226
        const quint32 *d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   227
        quintptr value;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   228
    } sa, sb;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   229
    sa.w = a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   230
    sb.w = b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   231
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   232
    // check alignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   233
    if ((sa.value & 2) == (sb.value & 2)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   234
        // both addresses have the same alignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   235
        if (sa.value & 2) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   236
            // both addresses are not aligned to 4-bytes boundaries
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   237
            // compare the first character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   238
            if (*sa.w != *sb.w)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   239
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   240
            --length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   241
            ++sa.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   242
            ++sb.w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   243
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   244
            // now both addresses are 4-bytes aligned
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   245
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   247
        // both addresses are 4-bytes aligned
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   248
        // do a fast 32-bit comparison
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   249
        register const quint32 *e = sa.d + (length >> 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   250
        for ( ; sa.d != e; ++sa.d, ++sb.d) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   251
            if (*sa.d != *sb.d)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   252
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   253
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   255
        // do we have a tail?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   256
        return (length & 1) ? *sa.w == *sb.w : true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   257
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   258
        // one of the addresses isn't 4-byte aligned but the other is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   259
        register const quint16 *e = sa.w + length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   260
        for ( ; sa.w != e; ++sa.w, ++sb.w) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   261
            if (*sa.w != *sb.w)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   262
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   263
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   264
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   265
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   266
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   268
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   269
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   270
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   271
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   272
    character \a ch in the string given by \a str and \a len,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   273
    searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   274
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   275
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   276
static int findChar(const QChar *str, int len, QChar ch, int from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   277
    Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   278
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   279
    const ushort *s = (const ushort *)str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   280
    ushort c = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   281
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   282
        from = qMax(from + len, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   283
    if (from < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   284
        const ushort *n = s + from - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   285
        const ushort *e = s + len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   286
        if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   287
            while (++n != e)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   288
                if (*n == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   289
                    return  n - s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   290
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   291
            c = foldCase(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   292
            while (++n != e)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   293
                if (foldCase(*n) == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   294
                    return  n - s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   295
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   296
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   297
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   298
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   299
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   300
#define REHASH(a) \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   301
    if (sl_minus_1 < (int)sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT)       \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   302
        hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   303
    hashHaystack <<= 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   304
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   305
inline bool qIsUpper(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   306
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   307
    return ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   308
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   309
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   310
inline bool qIsDigit(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   311
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   312
    return ch >= '0' && ch <= '9';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   313
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   314
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   315
inline char qToLower(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   316
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   317
    if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   318
        return ch - 'A' + 'a';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   319
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   320
        return ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   321
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   322
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   323
#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && _MSC_VER <= 1300
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   324
const QString::Null QString::null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   325
#else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   326
const QString::Null QString::null = { };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   327
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   329
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   330
  \macro QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   331
  \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   332
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   333
  Disables automatic conversions from 8-bit strings (char *) to unicode QStrings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   334
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   335
  \sa QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   336
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   337
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   338
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   339
  \macro QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   340
  \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   341
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   342
  disables automatic conversion from QString to 8-bit strings (char *)
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   343
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   344
  \sa QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_BYTEARRAY
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   345
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   347
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   348
  \macro QT_ASCII_CAST_WARNINGS
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   349
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   350
  \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   351
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   352
  This macro can be defined to force a warning whenever a function is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   353
  called that automatically converts between unicode and 8-bit encodings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   354
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   355
  Note: This only works for compilers that support warnings for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   356
  deprecated API.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   358
  \sa QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII, QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   359
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   360
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   361
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   362
    \class QCharRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   363
    \reentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   364
    \brief The QCharRef class is a helper class for QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   365
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   366
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   367
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   368
    \ingroup string-processing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   369
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   370
    When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   371
    the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   372
    which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   373
    The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   374
    string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a QChar.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   376
    Most of the QChar member functions also exist in QCharRef.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   377
    However, they are not explicitly documented here.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   378
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   379
    \sa QString::operator[]() QString::at() QChar
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   380
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   381
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   382
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   383
    \class QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   384
    \reentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   385
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   386
    \brief The QString class provides a Unicode character string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   387
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   388
    \ingroup tools
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   389
    \ingroup shared
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   390
    \ingroup string-processing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   392
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   393
    QString stores a string of 16-bit \l{QChar}s, where each QChar
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   394
    corresponds one Unicode 4.0 character. (Unicode characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   395
    with code values above 65535 are stored using surrogate pairs,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   396
    i.e., two consecutive \l{QChar}s.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   397
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   398
    \l{Unicode} is an international standard that supports most of the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   399
    writing systems in use today. It is a superset of US-ASCII (ANSI
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   400
    X3.4-1986) and Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1), and all the US-ASCII/Latin-1
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   401
    characters are available at the same code positions.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   402
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   403
    Behind the scenes, QString uses \l{implicit sharing}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   404
    (copy-on-write) to reduce memory usage and to avoid the needless
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   405
    copying of data. This also helps reduce the inherent overhead of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   406
    storing 16-bit characters instead of 8-bit characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   407
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   408
    In addition to QString, Qt also provides the QByteArray class to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   409
    store raw bytes and traditional 8-bit '\\0'-terminated strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   410
    For most purposes, QString is the class you want to use. It is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   411
    used throughout the Qt API, and the Unicode support ensures that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   412
    your applications will be easy to translate if you want to expand
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   413
    your application's market at some point. The two main cases where
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   414
    QByteArray is appropriate are when you need to store raw binary
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   415
    data, and when memory conservation is critical (e.g., with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   416
    \l{Qt for Embedded Linux}).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   418
    \tableofcontents
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   419
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   420
    \section1 Initializing a String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   421
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   422
    One way to initialize a QString is simply to pass a \c{const char
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   423
    *} to its constructor. For example, the following code creates a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   424
    QString of size 5 containing the data "Hello":
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   425
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   426
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   427
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   428
    QString converts the \c{const char *} data into Unicode using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   429
    fromAscii() function. By default, fromAscii() treats character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   430
    above 128 as Latin-1 characters, but this can be changed by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   431
    calling QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   432
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   433
    In all of the QString functions that take \c{const char *}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   434
    parameters, the \c{const char *} is interpreted as a classic
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   435
    C-style '\\0'-terminated string. It is legal for the \c{const char
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   436
    *} parameter to be 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   437
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   438
    You can also provide string data as an array of \l{QChar}s:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   439
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   440
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   441
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   442
    QString makes a deep copy of the QChar data, so you can modify it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   443
    later without experiencing side effects. (If for performance
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   444
    reasons you don't want to take a deep copy of the character data,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   445
    use QString::fromRawData() instead.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   446
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   447
    Another approach is to set the size of the string using resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   448
    and to initialize the data character per character. QString uses
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   449
    0-based indexes, just like C++ arrays. To access the character at
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   450
    a particular index position, you can use \l operator[](). On
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   451
    non-const strings, \l operator[]() returns a reference to a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   452
    character that can be used on the left side of an assignment. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   453
    example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   454
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   455
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   457
    For read-only access, an alternative syntax is to use the at()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   458
    function:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   459
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   460
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   461
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   462
    The at() function can be faster than \l operator[](), because it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   463
    never causes a \l{deep copy} to occur. Alternatively, use the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   464
    left(), right(), or mid() functions to extract several characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   465
    at a time.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   467
    A QString can embed '\\0' characters (QChar::Null). The size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   468
    function always returns the size of the whole string, including
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   469
    embedded '\\0' characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   470
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   471
    After a call to the resize() function, newly allocated characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   472
    have undefined values. To set all the characters in the string to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   473
    a particular value, use the fill() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   474
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   475
    QString provides dozens of overloads designed to simplify string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   476
    usage. For example, if you want to compare a QString with a string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   477
    literal, you can write code like this and it will work as expected:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   478
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   479
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   480
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   481
    You can also pass string literals to functions that take QStrings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   482
    as arguments, invoking the QString(const char *)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   483
    constructor. Similarly, you can pass a QString to a function that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   484
    takes a \c{const char *} argument using the \l qPrintable() macro
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   485
    which returns the given QString as a \c{const char *}. This is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   486
    equivalent to calling <QString>.toLocal8Bit().constData().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   487
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   488
    \section1 Manipulating String Data
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   489
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   490
    QString provides the following basic functions for modifying the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   491
    character data: append(), prepend(), insert(), replace(), and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   492
    remove(). For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   494
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   496
    If you are building a QString gradually and know in advance
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   497
    approximately how many characters the QString will contain, you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   498
    can call reserve(), asking QString to preallocate a certain amount
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   499
    of memory. You can also call capacity() to find out how much
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   500
    memory QString actually allocated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   501
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   502
    The replace() and remove() functions' first two arguments are the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   503
    position from which to start erasing and the number of characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   504
    that should be erased.  If you want to replace all occurrences of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   505
    a particular substring with another, use one of the two-parameter
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   506
    replace() overloads.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   507
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   508
    A frequent requirement is to remove whitespace characters from a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   509
    string ('\\n', '\\t', ' ', etc.). If you want to remove whitespace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   510
    from both ends of a QString, use the trimmed() function. If you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   511
    want to remove whitespace from both ends and replace multiple
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   512
    consecutive whitespaces with a single space character within the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   513
    string, use simplified().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   514
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   515
    If you want to find all occurrences of a particular character or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   516
    substring in a QString, use the indexOf() or lastIndexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   517
    functions. The former searches forward starting from a given index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   518
    position, the latter searches backward. Both return the index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   519
    position of the character or substring if they find it; otherwise,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   520
    they return -1.  For example, here's a typical loop that finds all
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   521
    occurrences of a particular substring:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   522
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   523
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 6
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   524
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   525
    QString provides many functions for converting numbers into
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   526
    strings and strings into numbers. See the arg() functions, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   527
    setNum() functions, the number() static functions, and the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   528
    toInt(), toDouble(), and similar functions.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   529
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   530
    To get an upper- or lowercase version of a string use toUpper() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   531
    toLower().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   532
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   533
    Lists of strings are handled by the QStringList class. You can
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   534
    split a string into a list of strings using the split() function,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   535
    and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   536
    separator using QStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   537
    strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   538
    that match a particular QRegExp using the QStringList::find()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   539
    function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   540
:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   541
    \section1 Querying String Data
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   542
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   543
    If you want to see if a QString starts or ends with a particular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   544
    substring use startsWith() or endsWith(). If you simply want to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   545
    check whether a QString contains a particular character or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   546
    substring, use the contains() function. If you want to find out
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   547
    how many times a particular character or substring occurs in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   548
    string, use count().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   550
    QStrings can be compared using overloaded operators such as \l
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   551
    operator<(), \l operator<=(), \l operator==(), \l operator>=(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   552
    and so on.  Note that the comparison is based exclusively on the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   553
    numeric Unicode values of the characters. It is very fast, but is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   554
    not what a human would expect; the QString::localeAwareCompare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   555
    function is a better choice for sorting user-interface strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   556
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   557
    To obtain a pointer to the actual character data, call data() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   558
    constData(). These functions return a pointer to the beginning of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   559
    the QChar data. The pointer is guaranteed to remain valid until a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   560
    non-const function is called on the QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   561
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   562
    \section1 Converting Between 8-Bit Strings and Unicode Strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   563
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   564
    QString provides the following four functions that return a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   565
    \c{const char *} version of the string as QByteArray: toAscii(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   566
    toLatin1(), toUtf8(), and toLocal8Bit().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   567
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   568
    \list
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   569
    \o toAscii() returns an 8-bit string encoded using the codec
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   570
       specified by QTextCodec::codecForCStrings (by default, that is
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   571
       Latin 1).
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   572
    \o toLatin1() returns a Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1) encoded 8-bit string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   573
    \o toUtf8() returns a UTF-8 encoded 8-bit string. UTF-8 is a
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   574
       superset of US-ASCII (ANSI X3.4-1986) that supports the entire
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   575
       Unicode character set through multibyte sequences.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   576
    \o toLocal8Bit() returns an 8-bit string using the system's local
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   577
       encoding.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   578
    \endlist
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   580
    To convert from one of these encodings, QString provides
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   581
    fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8(), and fromLocal8Bit(). Other
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   582
    encodings are supported through the QTextCodec class.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   583
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   584
    As mentioned above, QString provides a lot of functions and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   585
    operators that make it easy to interoperate with \c{const char *}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   586
    strings. But this functionality is a double-edged sword: It makes
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   587
    QString more convenient to use if all strings are US-ASCII or
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   588
    Latin-1, but there is always the risk that an implicit conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   589
    from or to \c{const char *} is done using the wrong 8-bit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   590
    encoding. To minimize these risks, you can turn off these implicit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   591
    conversions by defining the following two preprocessor symbols:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   592
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   593
    \list
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   594
    \o \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII disables automatic conversions from
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   595
       C string literals and pointers to Unicode.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   596
    \o \c QT_NO_CAST_TO_ASCII disables automatic conversion from QString
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   597
       to C strings.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   598
    \endlist
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   599
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   600
    One way to define these preprocessor symbols globally for your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   601
    application is to add the following entry to your
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   602
    \l{qmake Project Files}{qmake project file}:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   603
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   604
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   605
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   606
    You then need to explicitly call fromAscii(), fromLatin1(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   607
    fromUtf8(), or fromLocal8Bit() to construct a QString from an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   608
    8-bit string, or use the lightweight QLatin1String class, for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   609
    example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   610
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   611
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   612
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   613
    Similarly, you must call toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   614
    toLocal8Bit() explicitly to convert the QString to an 8-bit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   615
    string.  (Other encodings are supported through the QTextCodec
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   616
    class.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   618
    \table 100 %
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   619
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   620
    \o
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   621
    \section1 Note for C Programmers
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   622
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   623
    Due to C++'s type system and the fact that QString is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   624
    \l{implicitly shared}, QStrings may be treated like \c{int}s or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   625
    other basic types. For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   627
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 7
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   628
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   629
    The \c result variable, is a normal variable allocated on the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   630
    stack. When \c return is called, and because we're returning by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   631
    value, the copy constructor is called and a copy of the string is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   632
    returned. No actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   633
    sharing.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   634
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   635
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   636
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   637
    \section1 Distinction Between Null and Empty Strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   638
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   639
    For historical reasons, QString distinguishes between a null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   640
    string and an empty string. A \e null string is a string that is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   641
    initialized using QString's default constructor or by passing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   642
    (const char *)0 to the constructor. An \e empty string is any
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   643
    string with size 0. A null string is always empty, but an empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   644
    string isn't necessarily null:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   646
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 8
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   647
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   648
    All functions except isNull() treat null strings the same as empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   649
    strings. For example, toAscii().constData() returns a pointer to a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   650
    '\\0' character for a null string (\e not a null pointer), and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   651
    QString() compares equal to QString(""). We recommend that you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   652
    always use the isEmpty() function and avoid isNull().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   653
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   654
    \section1 Argument Formats
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   655
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   656
    In member functions where an argument \e format can be specified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   657
    (e.g., arg(), number()), the argument \e format can be one of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   658
    following:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   660
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   661
    \header \o Format \o Meaning
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   662
    \row \o \c e \o format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   663
    \row \o \c E \o format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   664
    \row \o \c f \o format as [-]9.9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   665
    \row \o \c g \o use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   666
    \row \o \c G \o use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   667
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   668
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   669
    A \e precision is also specified with the argument \e format. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   670
    the 'e', 'E', and 'f' formats, the \e precision represents the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   671
    number of digits \e after the decimal point. For the 'g' and 'G'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   672
    formats, the \e precision represents the maximum number of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   673
    significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   674
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   675
    \section1 More Efficient String Construction 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   677
    Using the QString \c{'+'} operator, it is easy to construct a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   678
    complex string from multiple substrings. You will often write code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   679
    like this:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   680
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   681
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   683
    There is nothing wrong with either of these string constructions,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   684
    but there are a few hidden inefficiencies. Beginning with Qt 4.6,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   685
    you can eliminate them.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   686
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   687
    First, multiple uses of the \c{'+'} operator usually means
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   688
    multiple memory allocations. When concatenating \e{n} substrings,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   689
    where \e{n > 2}, there can be as many as \e{n - 1} calls to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   690
    memory allocator.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   692
    Second, QLatin1String does not store its length internally but
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   693
    calls qstrlen() when it needs to know its length.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   694
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   695
    In 4.6, an internal template class \c{QStringBuilder} has been
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   696
    added along with a few helper functions. This class is marked
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   697
    internal and does not appear in the documentation, because you
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   698
    aren't meant to instantiate it in your code. Its use will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   699
    automatic, as described below. The class is found in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   700
    \c {src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.cpp} if you want to have a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   701
    look at it.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   702
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   703
    \c{QStringBuilder} uses expression templates and reimplements the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   704
    \c{'%'} operator so that when you use \c{'%'} for string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   705
    concatenation instead of \c{'+'}, multiple substring
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   706
    concatenations will be postponed until the final result is about
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   707
    to be assigned to a QString. At this point, the amount of memory
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   708
    required for the final result is known. The memory allocator is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   709
    then called \e{once} to get the required space, and the substrings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   710
    are copied into it one by one.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   712
    \c{QLatin1Literal} is a second internal class that can replace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   713
    QLatin1String, which can't be changed for compatibility reasons.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   714
    \c{QLatin1Literal} stores its length, thereby saving time when
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   715
    \c{QStringBuilder} computes the amount of memory required for the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   716
    final string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   717
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   718
    Additional efficiency is gained by inlining and reduced reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   719
    counting (the QString created from a \c{QStringBuilder} typically
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   720
    has a ref count of 1, whereas QString::append() needs an extra
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   721
    test).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   722
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   723
    There are three ways you can access this improved method of string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   724
    construction. The straightforward way is to include
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   725
    \c{QStringBuilder} wherever you want to use it, and use the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   726
    \c{'%'} operator instead of \c{'+'} when concatenating strings:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   727
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   728
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   730
    A more global approach is to include this define:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   732
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   733
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   734
    and use \c{'%'} instead of \c{'+'} for string concatenation
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   735
    everywhere. The third approach, which is the most convenient but
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   736
    not entirely source compatible, is to include two defines:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   738
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/stringbuilder.cpp 4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   739
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   740
    and the \c{'+'} will automatically be performed as the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   741
    \c{QStringBuilder} \c{'%'} everywhere.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   742
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   743
    \sa fromRawData(), QChar, QLatin1String, QByteArray, QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   744
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   745
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   746
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   747
    \enum QString::SplitBehavior
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   748
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   749
    This enum specifies how the split() function should behave with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   750
    respect to empty strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   751
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   752
    \value KeepEmptyParts  If a field is empty, keep it in the result.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   753
    \value SkipEmptyParts  If a field is empty, don't include it in the result.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   754
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   755
    \sa split()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   756
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   757
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   758
QString::Data QString::shared_null = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   759
                                       0, 0, shared_null.array, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0} };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   760
QString::Data QString::shared_empty = { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   761
                                        0, 0, shared_empty.array, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, {0} };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   762
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   763
int QString::grow(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   764
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   765
    return qAllocMore(size * sizeof(QChar), sizeof(Data)) / sizeof(QChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   766
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   767
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   768
/*! \typedef QString::ConstIterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   769
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   770
    Qt-style synonym for QString::const_iterator.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   771
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   772
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   773
/*! \typedef QString::Iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   774
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   775
    Qt-style synonym for QString::iterator.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   776
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   777
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   778
/*! \typedef QString::const_iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   779
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   780
    The QString::const_iterator typedef provides an STL-style const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   781
    iterator for QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   782
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   783
    \sa QString::iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   784
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   786
/*! \typedef QString::iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   787
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   788
    The QString::iterator typedef provides an STL-style non-const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   789
    iterator for QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   791
    \sa QString::const_iterator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   792
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   794
/*! \fn QString::iterator QString::begin()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   796
    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first character in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   797
    the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   798
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   799
    \sa constBegin(), end()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   800
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   801
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   802
/*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::begin() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   803
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   804
    \overload begin()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   805
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   806
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   807
/*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::constBegin() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   808
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   809
    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the first character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   810
    in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   811
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   812
    \sa begin(), constEnd()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   813
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   814
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   815
/*! \fn QString::iterator QString::end()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   817
    Returns an \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   818
    after the last character in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   819
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   820
    \sa begin(), constEnd()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   821
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   822
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   823
/*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::end() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   824
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   825
    \overload end()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   826
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   827
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   828
/*! \fn QString::const_iterator QString::constEnd() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   829
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   830
    Returns a const \l{STL-style iterator} pointing to the imaginary
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   831
    item after the last item in the list.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   832
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   833
    \sa constBegin(), end()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   834
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   835
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   836
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   837
    \fn QString::QString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   838
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   839
    Constructs a null string. Null strings are also empty.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   841
    \sa isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   842
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   843
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   844
/*! \fn QString::QString(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   845
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   846
    Constructs a string initialized with the 8-bit string \a str. The
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   847
    given const char pointer is converted to Unicode using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   848
    fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   850
    You can disable this constructor by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   851
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   852
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   853
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   854
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   855
    \sa fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   856
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   857
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   858
/*! \fn QString QString::fromStdString(const std::string &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   860
    Returns a copy of the \a str string. The given string is converted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   861
    to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   862
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   863
    This constructor is only available if Qt is configured with STL
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   864
    compatibility enabled.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   865
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   866
    \sa  fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   867
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   868
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   869
/*! \fn QString QString::fromStdWString(const std::wstring &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   871
    Returns a copy of the \a str string. The given string is assumed
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   872
    to be encoded in utf16 if the size of wchar_t is 2 bytes (e.g. on
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   873
    windows) and ucs4 if the size of wchar_t is 4 bytes (most Unix
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   874
    systems).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   875
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   876
    This method is only available if Qt is configured with STL
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   877
    compatibility enabled.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   878
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   879
    \sa fromUtf16(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8(), fromUcs4()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   880
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   881
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   882
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   883
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   884
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   885
    Returns a copy of the \a string, where the encoding of \a string depends on 
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   886
    the size of wchar. If wchar is 4 bytes, the \a string is interpreted as ucs-4,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   887
    if wchar is 2 bytes it is interpreted as ucs-2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   888
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   889
    If \a size is -1 (default), the \a string has to be 0 terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   890
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   891
    \sa fromUtf16(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8(), fromUcs4(), fromStdWString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   892
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   893
QString QString::fromWCharArray(const wchar_t *string, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   894
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   895
    if (sizeof(wchar_t) == sizeof(QChar)) {
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
   896
        return fromUtf16((const ushort *)string, size);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   897
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   898
        return fromUcs4((uint *)string, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   899
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   900
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   901
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   902
/*! \fn std::wstring QString::toStdWString() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   904
    Returns a std::wstring object with the data contained in this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   905
    QString. The std::wstring is encoded in utf16 on platforms where
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   906
    wchar_t is 2 bytes wide (e.g. windows) and in ucs4 on platforms
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   907
    where wchar_t is 4 bytes wide (most Unix systems).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   908
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   909
    This operator is mostly useful to pass a QString to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   910
    that accepts a std::wstring object.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   911
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   912
    This operator is only available if Qt is configured with STL
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   913
    compatibility enabled.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   914
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   915
    \sa utf16(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   916
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   917
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   918
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   919
  \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   920
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   921
  Fills the \a array with the data contained in this QString object.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   922
  The array is encoded in utf16 on platforms where
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   923
  wchar_t is 2 bytes wide (e.g. windows) and in ucs4 on platforms
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   924
  where wchar_t is 4 bytes wide (most Unix systems).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   925
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   926
  \a array has to be allocated by the caller and contain enough space to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   927
  hold the complete string (allocating the array with the same length as the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   928
  string is always sufficient).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   929
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   930
  returns the actual length of the string in \a array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   931
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   932
  \note This function does not append a null character to the array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   933
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   934
  \sa utf16(), toUcs4(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), toStdWString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   935
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   936
int QString::toWCharArray(wchar_t *array) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   937
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   938
    if (sizeof(wchar_t) == sizeof(QChar)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   939
        memcpy(array, utf16(), sizeof(wchar_t)*length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   940
        return length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   941
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   942
        wchar_t *a = array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   943
        const unsigned short *uc = utf16();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   944
        for (int i = 0; i < length(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   945
            uint u = uc[i];
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   946
            if (QChar::isHighSurrogate(u) && i + 1 < length()) {
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   947
                ushort low = uc[i+1];
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   948
                if (QChar::isLowSurrogate(low)) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   949
                    u = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(u, low);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   950
                    ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   951
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   952
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   953
            *a = wchar_t(u);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   954
            ++a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   955
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   956
        return a - array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   957
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   958
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   959
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   960
/*! \fn QString::QString(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   961
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   962
    Constructs a copy of \a other.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   963
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   964
    This operation takes \l{constant time}, because QString is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   965
    \l{implicitly shared}. This makes returning a QString from a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   966
    function very fast. If a shared instance is modified, it will be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   967
    copied (copy-on-write), and that takes \l{linear time}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   968
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   969
    \sa operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   970
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   971
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   972
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   973
    Constructs a string initialized with the first \a size characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   974
    of the QChar array \a unicode.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   975
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   976
    QString makes a deep copy of the string data. The unicode data is copied as
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   977
    is and the Byte Order Mark is preserved if present.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   978
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   979
QString::QString(const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   980
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   981
   if (!unicode) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   982
        d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   983
        d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   984
    } else if (size <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   985
        d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   986
        d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   987
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   988
        d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   989
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   990
        d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   991
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   992
        d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   993
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   994
        memcpy(d->array, unicode, size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   995
        d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   996
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   997
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   998
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
   999
/*!
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1000
    \since 4.7
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1001
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1002
    Constructs a string initialized with the characters of the QChar array
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1003
    \a unicode, which must be terminated with a 0.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1004
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1005
    QString makes a deep copy of the string data. The unicode data is copied as
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1006
    is and the Byte Order Mark is preserved if present.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1007
*/
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1008
QString::QString(const QChar *unicode)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1009
{
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1010
     if (!unicode) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1011
         d = &shared_null;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1012
         d->ref.ref();
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1013
     } else {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1014
         int size = 0;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1015
         while (unicode[size] != 0)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1016
             ++size;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1017
         if (!size) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1018
             d = &shared_empty;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1019
             d->ref.ref();
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1020
         } else {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1021
             d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar));
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1022
             Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1023
             d->ref = 1;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1024
             d->alloc = d->size = size;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1025
             d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1026
             d->data = d->array;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1027
             memcpy(d->array, unicode, size * sizeof(QChar));
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1028
             d->array[size] = '\0';
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1029
         }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1030
     }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1031
}
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1032
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1034
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1035
    Constructs a string of the given \a size with every character set
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1036
    to \a ch.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1037
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1038
    \sa fill()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1039
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1040
QString::QString(int size, QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1041
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1042
   if (size <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1043
        d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1044
        d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1045
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1046
        d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1047
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1048
        d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1049
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1050
        d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1051
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1052
        d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1053
        ushort *i = d->array + size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1054
        ushort *b = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1055
        const ushort value = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1056
        while (i != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1057
           *--i = value;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1058
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1059
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1061
/*! \fn QString::QString(int size, Qt::Initialization)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1062
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1063
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1064
  Constructs a string of the given \a size without initializing the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1065
  characters. This is only used in \c QStringBuilder::toString().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1066
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1067
QString::QString(int size, Qt::Initialization)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1068
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1069
    d = (Data*) qMalloc(sizeof(Data)+size*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1070
    Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1071
    d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1072
    d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1073
    d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1074
    d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1075
    d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1076
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1077
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1078
/*! \fn QString::QString(const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1079
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1080
    Constructs a copy of the Latin-1 string \a str.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1082
    \sa fromLatin1()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1083
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1084
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1085
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1086
    Constructs a string of size 1 containing the character \a ch.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1087
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1088
QString::QString(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1089
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1090
    void *buf = qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1091
    Q_CHECK_PTR(buf);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1092
    d = reinterpret_cast<Data *>(buf);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1093
    d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1094
    d->alloc = d->size = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1095
    d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1096
    d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1097
    d->array[0] = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1098
    d->array[1] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1099
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1101
/*! \fn QString::QString(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1102
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1103
    Constructs a string initialized with the byte array \a ba. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1104
    given byte array is converted to Unicode using fromAscii(). Stops
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1105
    copying at the first 0 character, otherwise copies the entire byte
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1106
    array.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1107
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1108
    You can disable this constructor by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1109
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1110
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1111
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1112
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1113
    \sa fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), fromUtf8()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1114
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1116
/*! \fn QString::QString(const Null &)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1117
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1118
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1119
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1120
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const Null &)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1121
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1122
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1123
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1124
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1125
  \fn QString::~QString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1127
    Destroys the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1128
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1131
/*! \fn void QString::detach()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1132
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1133
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1134
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1135
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1136
/*! \fn bool QString::isDetached() const
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1137
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1138
    \internal
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1139
*/
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1140
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1141
/*! \fn bool QString::isSharedWith(const QString &other) const
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1143
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1144
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1146
// ### Qt 5: rename freeData() to avoid confusion. See task 197625.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1147
void QString::free(Data *d)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1148
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1149
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1150
    if (d->asciiCache) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1151
        Q_ASSERT(asciiCache);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1152
        asciiCache->remove(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1153
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1154
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1155
    qFree(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1156
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1157
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1158
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1159
    Sets the size of the string to \a size characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1160
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1161
    If \a size is greater than the current size, the string is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1162
    extended to make it \a size characters long with the extra
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1163
    characters added to the end. The new characters are uninitialized.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1164
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1165
    If \a size is less than the current size, characters are removed
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1166
    from the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1167
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1168
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1169
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1170
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 45
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1172
    If you want to append a certain number of identical characters to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1173
    the string, use \l operator+=() as follows rather than resize():
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1174
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1175
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 46
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1177
    If you want to expand the string so that it reaches a certain
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1178
    width and fill the new positions with a particular character, use
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1179
    the leftJustified() function:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1180
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1181
    If \a size is negative, it is equivalent to passing zero.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1183
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 47
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1185
    \sa truncate(), reserve()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1186
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1187
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1188
void QString::resize(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1189
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1190
    if (size < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1191
        size = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1192
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1193
    if (size == 0 && !d->capacity) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1194
        Data *x = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1195
        x->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1196
        if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1197
            QString::free(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1198
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1199
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1200
        if (d->ref != 1 || size > d->alloc ||
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1201
            (!d->capacity && size < d->size && size < d->alloc >> 1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1202
            realloc(grow(size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1203
        if (d->alloc >= size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1204
            d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1205
            if (d->data == d->array) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1206
                d->array[size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1207
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1208
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1209
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1210
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1211
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1212
/*! \fn int QString::capacity() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1214
    Returns the maximum number of characters that can be stored in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1215
    the string without forcing a reallocation.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1216
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1217
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1218
    tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1219
    need to call this function. If you want to know how many
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1220
    characters are in the string, call size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1221
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1222
    \sa reserve(), squeeze()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1223
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1225
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1226
    \fn void QString::reserve(int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1227
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1228
    Attempts to allocate memory for at least \a size characters. If
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1229
    you know in advance how large the string will be, you can call
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1230
    this function, and if you resize the string often you are likely
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1231
    to get better performance. If \a size is an underestimate, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1232
    worst that will happen is that the QString will be a bit slower.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1233
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1234
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1235
    tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1236
    need to call this function. If you want to change the size of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1237
    string, call resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1238
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1239
    This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1240
    string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1241
    we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1242
    we're fairly sure that size is large enough to make a call to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1243
    reserve() worthwhile:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1245
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 44
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1247
    \sa squeeze(), capacity()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1248
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1249
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1250
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1251
    \fn void QString::squeeze()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1252
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1253
    Releases any memory not required to store the character data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1255
    The sole purpose of this function is to provide a means of fine
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1256
    tuning QString's memory usage. In general, you will rarely ever
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1257
    need to call this function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1259
    \sa reserve(), capacity()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1260
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1261
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1262
// ### Qt 5: rename reallocData() to avoid confusion. 197625
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1263
void QString::realloc(int alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1264
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1265
    if (d->ref != 1 || d->data != d->array) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1266
        Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + alloc * sizeof(QChar)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1267
        Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1268
        x->size = qMin(alloc, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1269
        ::memcpy(x->array, d->data, x->size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1270
        x->array[x->size] = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1271
        x->asciiCache = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1272
        x->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1273
        x->alloc = alloc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1274
        x->clean = d->clean;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1275
        x->simpletext = d->simpletext;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1276
        x->righttoleft = d->righttoleft;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1277
        x->capacity = d->capacity;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1278
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1279
        if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1280
            QString::free(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1281
        d = x;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1282
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1283
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1284
        if (d->asciiCache) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1285
            Q_ASSERT(asciiCache);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1286
            asciiCache->remove(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1287
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1288
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1289
        d = static_cast<Data *>(q_check_ptr(qRealloc(d, sizeof(Data) + alloc * sizeof(QChar))));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1290
        d->alloc = alloc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1291
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1292
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1293
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1294
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1295
void QString::realloc()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1296
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1297
    realloc(d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1298
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1299
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1300
void QString::expand(int i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1301
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1302
    int sz = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1303
    resize(qMax(i + 1, sz));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1304
    if (d->size - 1 > sz) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1305
        ushort *n = d->data + d->size - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1306
        ushort *e = d->data + sz;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1307
        while (n != e)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1308
           * --n = ' ';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1309
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1310
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1311
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1312
/*! \fn void QString::clear()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1314
    Clears the contents of the string and makes it empty.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1315
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1316
    \sa resize(), isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1317
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1318
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1319
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1320
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1321
    Assigns \a other to this string and returns a reference to this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1322
    string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1323
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1325
QString &QString::operator=(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1326
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1327
    other.d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1328
    if (!d->ref.deref())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1329
        QString::free(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1330
    d = other.d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1331
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1332
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1333
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1334
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1335
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1336
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1337
    \overload operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1338
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1339
    Assigns the Latin-1 string \a str to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1340
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1341
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1342
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1343
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1344
    \overload operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1345
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1346
    Assigns \a ba to this string. The byte array is converted to Unicode
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1347
    using the fromAscii() function. This function stops conversion at the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1348
    first NUL character found, or the end of the \a ba byte array.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1349
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1350
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1351
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1352
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1353
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1354
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1355
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1356
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1358
    \overload operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1359
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1360
    Assigns \a str to this string. The const char pointer is converted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1361
    to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1362
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1363
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1364
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1365
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1366
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1367
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1368
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1369
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator=(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1370
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1371
    \overload operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1373
    Assigns character \a ch to this string. The character is converted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1374
    to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1376
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1377
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1378
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1379
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1380
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1381
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1382
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1383
    \overload operator=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1384
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1385
    Sets the string to contain the single character \a ch.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1386
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1387
QString &QString::operator=(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1388
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1389
    return operator=(QString(ch));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1390
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1392
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1393
     \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1394
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1395
    Inserts the string \a str at the given index \a position and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1396
    returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1397
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1398
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1399
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1400
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 26
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1402
    If the given \a position is greater than size(), the array is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1403
    first extended using resize().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1404
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1405
    \sa append(), prepend(), replace(), remove()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1406
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1407
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1408
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1409
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1410
    \fn QString &QString::insert(int position, const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1411
    \overload insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1412
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1413
    Inserts the Latin-1 string \a str at the given index \a position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1414
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1415
QString &QString::insert(int i, const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1416
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1417
    const uchar *s = (const uchar *)str.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1418
    if (i < 0 || !s || !(*s))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1419
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1420
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1421
    int len = qstrlen(str.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1422
    expand(qMax(d->size, i) + len - 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1423
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1424
    ::memmove(d->data + i + len, d->data + i, (d->size - i - len) * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1425
    for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1426
        d->data[i + j] = s[j];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1427
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1428
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1429
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1430
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1431
    \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1432
    \overload insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1433
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1434
    Inserts the first \a size characters of the QChar array \a unicode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1435
    at the given index \a position in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1436
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1437
QString& QString::insert(int i, const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1438
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1439
    if (i < 0 || size <= 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1440
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1441
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1442
    const ushort *s = (const ushort *)unicode;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1443
    if (s >= d->data && s < d->data + d->alloc) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1444
        // Part of me - take a copy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1445
        ushort *tmp = static_cast<ushort *>(qMalloc(size * sizeof(QChar)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1446
        Q_CHECK_PTR(tmp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1447
        memcpy(tmp, s, size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1448
        insert(i, reinterpret_cast<const QChar *>(tmp), size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1449
        qFree(tmp);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1450
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1451
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1453
    expand(qMax(d->size, i) + size - 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1454
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1455
    ::memmove(d->data + i + size, d->data + i, (d->size - i - size) * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1456
    memcpy(d->data + i, s, size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1457
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1458
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1459
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1460
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1461
    \fn QString& QString::insert(int position, QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1462
    \overload insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1463
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1464
    Inserts \a ch at the given index \a position in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1465
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1467
QString& QString::insert(int i, QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1468
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1469
    if (i < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1470
        i += d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1471
    if (i < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1472
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1473
    expand(qMax(i, d->size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1474
    ::memmove(d->data + i + 1, d->data + i, (d->size - i) * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1475
    d->data[i] = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1476
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1477
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1478
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1479
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1480
    Appends the string \a str onto the end of this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1481
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1482
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1483
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1484
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 9
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1485
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1486
    This is the same as using the insert() function:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1487
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1488
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 10
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1489
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1490
    The append() function is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1491
    because QString preallocates extra space at the end of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1492
    data so it can grow without reallocating the entire string each
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1493
    time.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1494
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1495
    \sa operator+=(), prepend(), insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1496
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1497
QString &QString::append(const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1498
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1499
    if (str.d != &shared_null) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1500
        if (d == &shared_null) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1501
            operator=(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1502
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1503
            if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + str.d->size > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1504
                realloc(grow(d->size + str.d->size));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1505
            memcpy(d->data + d->size, str.d->data, str.d->size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1506
            d->size += str.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1507
            d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1508
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1509
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1510
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1511
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1512
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1513
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1514
  \overload append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1516
  Appends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1517
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1518
QString &QString::append(const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1519
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1520
    const uchar *s = (const uchar *)str.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1521
    if (s) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1522
        int len = qstrlen((char *)s);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1523
        if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + len > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1524
            realloc(grow(d->size + len));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1525
        ushort *i = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1526
        while ((*i++ = *s++))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1527
            ;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1528
        d->size += len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1529
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1530
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1531
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1532
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1533
/*! \fn QString &QString::append(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1535
    \overload append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1536
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1537
    Appends the byte array \a ba to this string. The given byte array
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1538
    is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1539
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1540
    You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1541
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1542
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1543
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1544
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1545
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1546
/*! \fn QString &QString::append(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1547
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1548
    \overload append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1550
    Appends the string \a str to this string. The given const char
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1551
    pointer is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1553
    You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1554
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1555
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1556
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1557
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1558
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1559
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1560
    \overload append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1561
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1562
    Appends the character \a ch to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1563
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1564
QString &QString::append(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1565
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1566
    if (d->ref != 1 || d->size + 1 > d->alloc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1567
        realloc(grow(d->size + 1));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1568
    d->data[d->size++] = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1569
    d->data[d->size] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1570
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1571
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1572
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1573
/*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1574
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1575
    Prepends the string \a str to the beginning of this string and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1576
    returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1577
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1578
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1580
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 36
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1581
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1582
    \sa append(), insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1583
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1585
/*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1586
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1587
    \overload prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1588
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1589
    Prepends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1590
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1591
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1592
/*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1593
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1594
    \overload prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1595
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1596
    Prepends the byte array \a ba to this string. The byte array is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1597
    converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1598
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1599
    You can disable this function by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1600
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1601
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1602
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1603
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1604
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1605
/*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1606
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1607
    \overload prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1608
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1609
    Prepends the string \a str to this string. The const char pointer
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1610
    is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1611
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1612
    You can disable this function by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1613
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1614
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1615
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1616
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1618
/*! \fn QString &QString::prepend(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1619
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1620
    \overload prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1621
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1622
    Prepends the character \a ch to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1623
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1624
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1625
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1626
  \fn QString &QString::remove(int position, int n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1627
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1628
  Removes \a n characters from the string, starting at the given \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1629
  position index, and returns a reference to the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1630
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1631
  If the specified \a position index is within the string, but \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1632
  position + \a n is beyond the end of the string, the string is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1633
  truncated at the specified \a position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1634
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1635
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 37
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1636
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1637
  \sa insert(), replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1638
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1639
QString &QString::remove(int pos, int len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1640
{
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1641
    if (pos < 0)  // count from end of string
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1642
        pos += d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1643
    if (pos < 0 || pos >= d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1644
        // range problems
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1645
    } else if (len >= d->size - pos) {
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1646
        resize(pos); // truncate
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1647
    } else if (len > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1648
        detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1649
        memmove(d->data + pos, d->data + pos + len,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1650
                (d->size - pos - len + 1) * sizeof(ushort));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1651
        d->size -= len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1652
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1653
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1654
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1655
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1656
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1657
  Removes every occurrence of the given \a str string in this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1658
  string, and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1660
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1661
  case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1662
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1663
  This is the same as \c replace(str, "", cs).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1665
  \sa replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1666
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1667
QString &QString::remove(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1668
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1669
    if (str.d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1670
        int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1671
        while ((i = indexOf(str, i, cs)) != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1672
            remove(i, str.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1673
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1674
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1675
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1677
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1678
  Removes every occurrence of the character \a ch in this string, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1679
  returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1680
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1681
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1682
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1683
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1684
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1685
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1686
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 38
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1687
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1688
  This is the same as \c replace(ch, "", cs).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1689
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1690
  \sa replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1691
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1692
QString &QString::remove(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1693
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1694
    int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1695
    ushort c = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1696
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1697
        while (i < d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1698
            if (d->data[i] == ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1699
                remove(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1700
            else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1701
                i++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1702
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1703
        c = foldCase(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1704
        while (i < d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1705
            if (foldCase(d->data[i]) == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1706
                remove(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1707
            else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1708
                i++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1709
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1710
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1711
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1712
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1713
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1714
  \fn QString &QString::remove(const QRegExp &rx)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1715
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1716
  Removes every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1717
  string, and returns a reference to the string. For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1719
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 39
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1720
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1721
  \sa indexOf(), lastIndexOf(), replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1722
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1723
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1724
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1725
  \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, const QString &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1726
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1727
  Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1728
  the string \a after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1730
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1732
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 40
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1733
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1734
  \sa insert(), remove()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1735
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1736
QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, const QString &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1737
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1738
    QString copy = after;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1739
    return replace(pos, len, copy.constData(), copy.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1740
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1742
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1743
  \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1744
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1745
  Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1746
  first \a size characters of the QChar array \a unicode and returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1747
  reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1748
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1749
QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1750
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1751
    if (pos < 0 || pos > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1752
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1753
    if (pos + len > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1754
        len = d->size - pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1755
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1756
    uint index = pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1757
    replace_helper(&index, 1, len, unicode, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1758
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1759
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1760
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1761
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1762
  \fn QString &QString::replace(int position, int n, QChar after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1763
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1764
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1765
  Replaces \a n characters beginning at index \a position with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1766
  character \a after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1767
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1768
QString &QString::replace(int pos, int len, QChar after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1769
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1770
    return replace(pos, len, &after, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1771
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1772
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1773
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1774
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1775
  Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1776
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1777
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1778
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1779
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1781
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1782
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1783
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1784
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1785
  \note The replacement text is not rescanned after it is inserted.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1786
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1787
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1788
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1789
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 86
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1790
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1791
QString &QString::replace(const QString &before, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1792
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1793
    return replace(before.constData(), before.size(), after.constData(), after.size(), cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1794
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1796
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1797
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1798
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1799
void QString::replace_helper(uint *indices, int nIndices, int blen, const QChar *after, int alen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1800
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1801
    // copy *after in case it lies inside our own d->data area
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1802
    // (which we could possibly invalidate via a realloc or corrupt via memcpy operations.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1803
    QChar *afterBuffer = const_cast<QChar *>(after);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1804
    if (after >= reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(d->data) && after < reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(d->data) + d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1805
        afterBuffer = static_cast<QChar *>(qMalloc(alen*sizeof(QChar)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1806
        Q_CHECK_PTR(afterBuffer);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1807
        ::memcpy(afterBuffer, after, alen*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1808
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1809
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1810
    QT_TRY {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1811
        if (blen == alen) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1812
            // replace in place
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1813
            detach();
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1814
            for (int i = 0; i < nIndices; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1815
                memcpy(d->data + indices[i], afterBuffer, alen * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1816
        } else if (alen < blen) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1817
            // replace from front
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  1818
            detach();
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1819
            uint to = indices[0];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1820
            if (alen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1821
                memcpy(d->data+to, after, alen*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1822
            to += alen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1823
            uint movestart = indices[0] + blen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1824
            for (int i = 1; i < nIndices; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1825
                int msize = indices[i] - movestart;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1826
                if (msize > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1827
                    memmove(d->data + to, d->data + movestart, msize * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1828
                    to += msize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1829
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1830
                if (alen) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1831
                    memcpy(d->data + to, afterBuffer, alen*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1832
                    to += alen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1833
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1834
                movestart = indices[i] + blen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1835
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1836
            int msize = d->size - movestart;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1837
            if (msize > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1838
                memmove(d->data + to, d->data + movestart, msize * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1839
            resize(d->size - nIndices*(blen-alen));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1840
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1841
            // replace from back
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1842
            int adjust = nIndices*(alen-blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1843
            int newLen = d->size + adjust;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1844
            int moveend = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1845
            resize(newLen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1846
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1847
            while (nIndices) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1848
                --nIndices;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1849
                int movestart = indices[nIndices] + blen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1850
                int insertstart = indices[nIndices] + nIndices*(alen-blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1851
                int moveto = insertstart + alen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1852
                memmove(d->data + moveto, d->data + movestart,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1853
                        (moveend - movestart)*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1854
                memcpy(d->data + insertstart, afterBuffer, alen*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1855
                moveend = movestart-blen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1856
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1857
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1858
    } QT_CATCH(const std::bad_alloc &) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1859
        if (afterBuffer != after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1860
            qFree(afterBuffer);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1861
        QT_RETHROW;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1862
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1863
    if (afterBuffer != after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1864
        qFree(afterBuffer);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1865
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1866
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1867
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1868
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1869
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1871
  Replaces each occurrence in this string of the first \a blen
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1872
  characters of \a before with the first \a alen characters of \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1873
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1875
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1876
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1877
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1878
QString &QString::replace(const QChar *before, int blen,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1879
                          const QChar *after, int alen,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1880
                          Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1881
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1882
    if (d->size == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1883
        if (blen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1884
            return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1885
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1886
        if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive && before == after && blen == alen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1887
            return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1888
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1889
    if (alen == 0 && blen == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1890
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1891
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1892
    QStringMatcher matcher(before, blen, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1893
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1894
    int index = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1895
    while (1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1896
        uint indices[1024];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1897
        uint pos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1898
        while (pos < 1023) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1899
            index = matcher.indexIn(*this, index);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1900
            if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1901
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1902
            indices[pos++] = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1903
            index += blen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1904
            // avoid infinite loop
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1905
            if (!blen)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1906
                index++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1907
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1908
        if (!pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1909
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1910
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1911
        replace_helper(indices, pos, blen, after, alen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1912
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1913
        if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1914
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1915
        // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1916
        index += pos*(alen-blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1917
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1918
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1919
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1920
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1921
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1922
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1923
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1924
  Replaces every occurrence of the character \a ch in the string with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1925
  \a after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1926
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1927
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1928
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1929
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1930
QString& QString::replace(QChar ch, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1931
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1932
    if (after.d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1933
        return remove(ch, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1934
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1935
    if (after.d->size == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1936
        return replace(ch, after.d->data[0], cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1937
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1938
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1939
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1940
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1941
    ushort cc = (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive ? ch.unicode() : ch.toCaseFolded().unicode());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1943
    int index = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1944
    while (1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1945
        uint indices[1024];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1946
        uint pos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1947
        if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1948
            while (pos < 1023 && index < d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1949
                if (d->data[index] == cc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1950
                    indices[pos++] = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1951
                index++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1952
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1953
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1954
            while (pos < 1023 && index < d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1955
                if (QChar::toCaseFolded(d->data[index]) == cc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1956
                    indices[pos++] = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1957
                index++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1958
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1959
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1960
        if (!pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1961
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1962
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1963
        replace_helper(indices, pos, 1, after.constData(), after.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1965
        if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1966
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1967
        // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1968
        index += pos*(after.d->size - 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1969
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1970
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1971
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1972
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1973
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1974
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1975
  Replaces every occurrence of the character \a before with the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1976
  character \a after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1978
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1979
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1980
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1981
QString& QString::replace(QChar before, QChar after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1982
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1983
    ushort a = after.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1984
    ushort b = before.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1985
    if (d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1986
        detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1987
        ushort *i = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1988
        const ushort *e = i + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1989
        if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1990
            for (; i != e; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1991
                if (*i == b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1992
                    *i = a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1993
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1994
            b = foldCase(b);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1995
            for (; i != e; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1996
                if (foldCase(*i) == b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1997
                    *i = a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1998
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1999
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2000
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2001
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2003
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2004
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2005
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2006
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2007
  Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2008
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2009
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2010
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2011
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2012
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2013
  \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2014
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2015
QString &QString::replace(const QLatin1String &before,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2016
                          const QLatin1String &after,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2017
                          Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2018
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2019
    int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2020
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2021
    for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2022
        a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2023
    int blen = qstrlen(before.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2024
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> b(blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2025
    for (int i = 0; i < blen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2026
        b[i] = (uchar)before.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2027
    return replace((const QChar *)b.data(), blen, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2028
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2029
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2030
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2031
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2032
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2034
  Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2035
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2037
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2038
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2039
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2040
  \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2041
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2042
QString &QString::replace(const QLatin1String &before,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2043
                          const QString &after,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2044
                          Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2045
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2046
    int blen = qstrlen(before.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2047
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> b(blen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2048
    for (int i = 0; i < blen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2049
        b[i] = (uchar)before.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2050
    return replace((const QChar *)b.data(), blen, after.constData(), after.d->size, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2051
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2052
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2053
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2054
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2055
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2056
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2057
  Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before with the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2058
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2059
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2060
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2061
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2062
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2063
  \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2064
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2065
QString &QString::replace(const QString &before,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2066
                          const QLatin1String &after,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2067
                          Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2068
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2069
    int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2070
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2071
    for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2072
        a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2073
    return replace(before.constData(), before.d->size, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2074
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2075
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2076
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2077
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2078
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2079
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2080
  Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c with the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2081
  after and returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2082
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2083
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2084
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2085
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2086
  \note The text is not rescanned after a replacement.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2087
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2088
QString &QString::replace(QChar c, const QLatin1String &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2089
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2090
    int alen = qstrlen(after.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2091
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> a(alen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2092
    for (int i = 0; i < alen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2093
        a[i] = (uchar)after.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2094
    return replace(&c, 1, (const QChar *)a.data(), alen, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2095
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2096
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2098
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2099
  Returns true if string \a other is equal to this string; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2100
  returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2101
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2102
  The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2103
  the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2104
  expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2105
  localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2106
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2107
bool QString::operator==(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2108
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2109
    if (d->size != other.d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2110
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2111
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2112
    return qMemEquals(d->data, other.d->data, d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2113
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2115
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2116
    \overload operator==()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2117
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2118
bool QString::operator==(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2119
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2120
    const ushort *uc = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2121
    const ushort *e = uc + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2122
    const uchar *c = (uchar *)other.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2123
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2124
    if (!c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2125
        return isEmpty();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2127
    while (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2128
        if (uc == e || *uc != *c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2129
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2130
        ++uc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2131
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2132
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2133
    return (uc == e);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2134
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2135
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2136
/*! \fn bool QString::operator==(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2137
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2138
    \overload operator==()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2139
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2140
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2141
    fromAscii() function. This function stops conversion at the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2142
    first NUL character found, or the end of the byte array.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2143
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2144
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2145
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2146
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2147
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2148
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2150
/*! \fn bool QString::operator==(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2151
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2152
    \overload operator==()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2153
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2154
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2155
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2156
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2157
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2158
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2159
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2160
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2161
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2162
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2163
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2164
    Returns true if this string is lexically less than string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2165
    other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2166
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2167
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2168
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2169
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2170
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2171
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2172
bool QString::operator<(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2173
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2174
    return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length()) < 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2175
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2176
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2177
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2178
    \overload operator<()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2179
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2180
bool QString::operator<(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2181
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2182
    const ushort *uc = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2183
    const ushort *e = uc + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2184
    const uchar *c = (uchar *) other.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2185
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2186
    if (!c || *c == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2187
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2189
    while (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2190
        if (uc == e || *uc != *c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2191
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2192
        ++uc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2193
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2194
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2195
    return (uc == e ? *c : *uc < *c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2196
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2197
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2198
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2199
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2200
    \overload operator<()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2202
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2203
    fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0') are embedded
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2204
    in the byte array, they will be included in the transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2206
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2207
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2208
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2209
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2210
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2211
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2212
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2214
    \overload operator<()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2215
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2216
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2217
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2218
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2219
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2220
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2221
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2222
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2223
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2225
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2227
    Returns true if this string is lexically less than or equal to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2228
    string \a other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2230
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2231
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2232
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2233
    localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2234
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2236
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2237
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2238
    \overload operator<=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2239
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2240
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2241
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2243
    \overload operator<=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2245
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2246
    fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0') are embedded
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2247
    in the byte array, they will be included in the transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2248
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2249
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2250
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2251
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2252
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2253
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2255
/*! \fn bool QString::operator<=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2256
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2257
    \overload operator<=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2259
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2260
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2261
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2262
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2263
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2264
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2265
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2266
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2268
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2269
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2270
    Returns true if this string is lexically greater than string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2271
    other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2273
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2274
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2275
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2276
    localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2277
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2278
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2279
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2280
    \overload operator>()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2281
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2282
bool QString::operator>(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2283
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2284
    const ushort *uc = d->data;;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2285
    const ushort *e = uc + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2286
    const uchar *c = (uchar *) other.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2287
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2288
    if (!c || *c == '\0')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2289
        return !isEmpty();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2290
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2291
    while (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2292
        if (uc == e || *uc != *c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2293
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2294
        ++uc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2295
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2296
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2297
    return (uc == e ? false : *uc > *c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2298
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2299
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2300
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2301
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2302
    \overload operator>()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2303
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2304
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2305
    fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0') are embedded
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2306
    in the byte array, they will be included in the transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2307
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2308
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2309
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2310
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2311
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2312
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2314
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2315
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2316
    \overload operator>()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2317
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2318
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2319
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2320
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2321
    You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2322
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2323
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2324
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2325
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2326
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2327
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2329
    Returns true if this string is lexically greater than or equal to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2330
    string \a other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2332
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2333
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2334
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2335
    localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2336
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2337
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2338
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2339
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2340
    \overload operator>=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2341
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2343
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2344
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2345
    \overload operator>=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2347
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2348
    fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0') are embedded in
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2349
    the byte array, they will be included in the transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2350
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2351
    You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2352
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2353
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2354
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2355
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2356
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2357
/*! \fn bool QString::operator>=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2358
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2359
    \overload operator>=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2360
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2361
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2362
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2363
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2364
    You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2365
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2366
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2367
    for example.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2368
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2369
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2370
/*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2371
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2372
    Returns true if this string is not equal to string \a other;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2373
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2374
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2375
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2376
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2377
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2378
    localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2379
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2380
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2381
/*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QLatin1String &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2382
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2383
    \overload operator!=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2384
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2385
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2386
/*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const QByteArray &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2387
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2388
    \overload operator!=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2389
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2390
    The \a other byte array is converted to a QString using the
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2391
    fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0') are embedded
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  2392
    in the byte array, they will be included in the transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2393
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2394
    You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2395
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2396
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2397
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2398
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2399
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2400
/*! \fn bool QString::operator!=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2402
    \overload operator!=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2403
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2404
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2405
    the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2407
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2408
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2409
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2410
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2411
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2412
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2413
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2414
  Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2415
  str in this string, searching forward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2416
  from. Returns -1 if \a str is not found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2418
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2419
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2420
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2421
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2422
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2423
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 24
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2424
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2425
  If \a from is -1, the search starts at the last character; if it is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2426
  -2, at the next to last character and so on.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2427
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2428
  \sa lastIndexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2429
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2430
int QString::indexOf(const QString &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2431
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2432
    return qFindString(unicode(), length(), from, str.unicode(), str.length(), cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2433
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2434
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2435
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2436
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2437
  Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2438
  str in this string, searching forward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2439
  from. Returns -1 if \a str is not found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2440
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2441
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2442
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2443
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2444
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2445
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2446
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 24
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2447
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2448
  If \a from is -1, the search starts at the last character; if it is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2449
  -2, at the next to last character and so on.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2450
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2451
  \sa lastIndexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2452
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2453
int QString::indexOf(const QLatin1String &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2454
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2455
    int len = qstrlen(str.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2456
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> s(len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2457
    for (int i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2458
        s[i] = str.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2459
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2460
    return qFindString(unicode(), length(), from, (const QChar *)s.data(), len, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2461
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2462
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2463
int qFindString(
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2464
    const QChar *haystack0, int haystackLen, int from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2465
    const QChar *needle0, int needleLen, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2466
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2467
    const int l = haystackLen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2468
    const int sl = needleLen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2469
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2470
        from += l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2471
    if (uint(sl + from) > (uint)l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2472
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2473
    if (!sl)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2474
        return from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2475
    if (!l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2476
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2478
    if (sl == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2479
        return findChar(haystack0, haystackLen, needle0[0], from, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2480
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2481
    /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2482
        We use the Boyer-Moore algorithm in cases where the overhead
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2483
        for the skip table should pay off, otherwise we use a simple
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2484
        hash function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2485
    */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2486
    if (l > 500 && sl > 5)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2487
        return qFindStringBoyerMoore(haystack0, haystackLen, from,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2488
            needle0, needleLen, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2489
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2490
    /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2491
        We use some hashing for efficiency's sake. Instead of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2492
        comparing strings, we compare the hash value of str with that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2493
        of a part of this QString. Only if that matches, we call
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2494
        ucstrncmp() or ucstrnicmp().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2495
    */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2496
    const ushort *needle = (const ushort *)needle0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2497
    const ushort *haystack = (const ushort *)haystack0 + from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2498
    const ushort *end = (const ushort *)haystack0 + (l-sl);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2499
    const int sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2500
    int hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, idx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2501
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2502
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2503
        for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2504
            hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[idx]);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2505
            hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[idx]);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2506
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2507
        hashHaystack -= haystack[sl_minus_1];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2509
        while (haystack <= end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2510
            hashHaystack += haystack[sl_minus_1];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2511
            if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2512
                 && ucstrncmp((const QChar *)needle, (const QChar *)haystack, sl) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2513
                return haystack - (const ushort *)haystack0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2514
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2515
            REHASH(*haystack);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2516
            ++haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2517
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2518
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2519
        const ushort *haystack_start = (const ushort *)haystack0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2520
        for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2521
            hashNeedle = (hashNeedle<<1) + foldCase(needle + idx, needle);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2522
            hashHaystack = (hashHaystack<<1) + foldCase(haystack + idx, haystack_start);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2523
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2524
        hashHaystack -= foldCase(haystack + sl_minus_1, haystack_start);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2525
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2526
        while (haystack <= end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2527
            hashHaystack += foldCase(haystack + sl_minus_1, haystack_start);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2528
            if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle && ucstrnicmp(needle, haystack, sl) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2529
                return haystack - (const ushort *)haystack0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2530
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2531
            REHASH(foldCase(haystack, haystack_start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2532
            ++haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2533
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2534
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2535
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2536
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2537
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2538
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2539
    \overload indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2540
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2541
    Returns the index position of the first occurrence of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2542
    character \a ch in the string, searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2543
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a ch could not be found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2544
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2545
int QString::indexOf(QChar ch, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2546
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2547
    return findChar(unicode(), length(), ch, from, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2548
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2550
static int lastIndexOfHelper(const ushort *haystack, int from, const ushort *needle, int sl, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2551
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2552
    /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2553
        See indexOf() for explanations.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2554
    */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2555
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2556
    const ushort *end = haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2557
    haystack += from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2558
    const int sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2559
    const ushort *n = needle+sl_minus_1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2560
    const ushort *h = haystack+sl_minus_1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2561
    int hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, idx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2562
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2563
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2564
        for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2565
            hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + *(n-idx));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2566
            hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + *(h-idx));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2567
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2568
        hashHaystack -= *haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2569
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2570
        while (haystack >= end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2571
            hashHaystack += *haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2572
            if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2573
                 && ucstrncmp((const QChar *)needle, (const QChar *)haystack, sl) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2574
                return haystack - end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2575
            --haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2576
            REHASH(haystack[sl]);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2577
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2578
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2579
        for (idx = 0; idx < sl; ++idx) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2580
            hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + foldCase(n-idx, needle));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2581
            hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + foldCase(h-idx, end));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2582
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2583
        hashHaystack -= foldCase(haystack, end);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2585
        while (haystack >= end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2586
            hashHaystack += foldCase(haystack, end);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2587
            if (hashHaystack == hashNeedle && ucstrnicmp(needle, haystack, sl) == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2588
                return haystack - end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2589
            --haystack;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2590
            REHASH(foldCase(haystack + sl, end));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2591
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2592
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2593
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2594
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2595
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2596
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2597
  Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2598
  str in this string, searching backward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2599
  from. If \a from is -1 (default), the search starts at the last
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2600
  character; if \a from is -2, at the next to last character and so
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2601
  on. Returns -1 if \a str is not found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2602
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2603
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2604
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2605
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2606
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2607
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2608
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 29
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2609
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2610
  \sa indexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2611
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2612
int QString::lastIndexOf(const QString &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2613
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2614
    const int sl = str.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2615
    if (sl == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2616
        return lastIndexOf(QChar(str.d->data[0]), from, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2618
    const int l = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2619
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2620
        from += l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2621
    int delta = l-sl;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2622
    if (from == l && sl == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2623
        return from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2624
    if (from < 0 || from >= l || delta < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2625
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2626
    if (from > delta)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2627
        from = delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2628
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2629
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2630
    return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, from, str.d->data, str.d->size, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2631
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2632
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2633
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2634
  \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2635
  Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2636
  str in this string, searching backward from index position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2637
  from. If \a from is -1 (default), the search starts at the last
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2638
  character; if \a from is -2, at the next to last character and so
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2639
  on. Returns -1 if \a str is not found.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2640
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2641
  If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2642
  sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2643
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2644
  Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2646
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 29
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2647
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2648
  \sa indexOf(), contains(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2649
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2650
int QString::lastIndexOf(const QLatin1String &str, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2651
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2652
    const int sl = qstrlen(str.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2653
    if (sl == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2654
        return lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char(str.latin1()[0]), from, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2655
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2656
    const int l = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2657
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2658
        from += l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2659
    int delta = l-sl;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2660
    if (from == l && sl == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2661
        return from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2662
    if (from < 0 || from >= l || delta < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2663
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2664
    if (from > delta)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2665
        from = delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2666
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2667
    QVarLengthArray<ushort> s(sl);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2668
    for (int i = 0; i < sl; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2669
        s[i] = str.latin1()[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2671
    return lastIndexOfHelper(d->data, from, s.data(), sl, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2672
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2673
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2674
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2675
  \overload lastIndexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2677
  Returns the index position of the last occurrence of the character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2678
  \a ch, searching backward from position \a from.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2679
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2680
int QString::lastIndexOf(QChar ch, int from, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2681
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2682
    ushort c = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2683
    if (from < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2684
        from += d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2685
    if (from < 0 || from >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2686
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2687
    if (from >= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2688
        const ushort *n = d->data + from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2689
        const ushort *b = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2690
        if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2691
            for (; n >= b; --n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2692
                if (*n == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2693
                    return n - b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2694
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2695
            c = foldCase(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2696
            for (; n >= b; --n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2697
                if (foldCase(*n) == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2698
                    return n - b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2699
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2700
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2701
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2702
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2703
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2704
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2705
struct QStringCapture
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2706
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2707
    int pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2708
    int len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2709
    int no;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2710
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2712
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2713
  \overload replace()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2714
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2715
  Replaces every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2716
  string with \a after. Returns a reference to the string. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2717
  example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2719
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 42
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2720
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2721
  For regular expressions containing \l{capturing parentheses},
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2722
  occurrences of \bold{\\1}, \bold{\\2}, ..., in \a after are replaced
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2723
  with \a{rx}.cap(1), cap(2), ...
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2724
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2725
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 43
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2726
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2727
  \sa indexOf(), lastIndexOf(), remove(), QRegExp::cap()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2728
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2729
QString& QString::replace(const QRegExp &rx, const QString &after)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2730
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2731
    QRegExp rx2(rx);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2732
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2733
    if (isEmpty() && rx2.indexIn(*this) == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2734
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2735
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2736
    realloc();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2738
    int index = 0;
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  2739
    int numCaptures = rx2.captureCount();
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2740
    int al = after.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2741
    QRegExp::CaretMode caretMode = QRegExp::CaretAtZero;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2742
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2743
    if (numCaptures > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2744
        const QChar *uc = after.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2745
        int numBackRefs = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2746
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2747
        for (int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2748
            if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('\\')) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2749
                int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2750
                if (no > 0 && no <= numCaptures)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2751
                    numBackRefs++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2752
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2753
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2754
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2755
        /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2756
            This is the harder case where we have back-references.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2757
        */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2758
        if (numBackRefs > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2759
            QVarLengthArray<QStringCapture, 16> captures(numBackRefs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2760
            int j = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2761
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2762
            for (int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2763
                if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('\\')) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2764
                    int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2765
                    if (no > 0 && no <= numCaptures) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2766
                        QStringCapture capture;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2767
                        capture.pos = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2768
                        capture.len = 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2769
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2770
                        if (i < al - 2) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2771
                            int secondDigit = uc[i + 2].digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2772
                            if (secondDigit != -1 && ((no * 10) + secondDigit) <= numCaptures) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2773
                                no = (no * 10) + secondDigit;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2774
                                ++capture.len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2775
                            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2776
                        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2777
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2778
                        capture.no = no;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2779
                        captures[j++] = capture;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2780
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2781
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2782
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2784
            while (index <= length()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2785
                index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index, caretMode);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2786
                if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2787
                    break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2788
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2789
                QString after2(after);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2790
                for (j = numBackRefs - 1; j >= 0; j--) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2791
                    const QStringCapture &capture = captures[j];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2792
                    after2.replace(capture.pos, capture.len, rx2.cap(capture.no));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2793
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2794
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2795
                replace(index, rx2.matchedLength(), after2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2796
                index += after2.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2797
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2798
                // avoid infinite loop on 0-length matches (e.g., QRegExp("[a-z]*"))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2799
                if (rx2.matchedLength() == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2800
                    ++index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2801
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2802
                caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2803
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2804
            return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2805
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2806
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2807
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2808
    /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2809
        This is the simple and optimized case where we don't have
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2810
        back-references.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2811
    */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2812
    while (index != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2813
        struct {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2814
            int pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2815
            int length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2816
        } replacements[2048];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2817
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2818
        int pos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2819
        int adjust = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2820
        while (pos < 2047) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2821
            index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index, caretMode);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2822
            if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2823
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2824
            int ml = rx2.matchedLength();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2825
            replacements[pos].pos = index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2826
            replacements[pos++].length = ml;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2827
            index += ml;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2828
            adjust += al - ml;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2829
            // avoid infinite loop
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2830
            if (!ml)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2831
                index++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2832
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2833
        if (!pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2834
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2835
        replacements[pos].pos = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2836
        int newlen = d->size + adjust;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2837
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2838
        // to continue searching at the right position after we did
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2839
        // the first round of replacements
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2840
        if (index != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2841
            index += adjust;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2842
        QString newstring;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2843
        newstring.reserve(newlen + 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2844
        QChar *newuc = newstring.data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2845
        QChar *uc = newuc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2846
        int copystart = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2847
        int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2848
        while (i < pos) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2849
            int copyend = replacements[i].pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2850
            int size = copyend - copystart;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2851
            memcpy(uc, d->data + copystart, size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2852
            uc += size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2853
            memcpy(uc, after.d->data, al * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2854
            uc += al;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2855
            copystart = copyend + replacements[i].length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2856
            i++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2857
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2858
        memcpy(uc, d->data + copystart, (d->size - copystart) * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2859
        newstring.resize(newlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2860
        *this = newstring;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2861
        caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2862
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2863
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2864
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2865
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2866
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2867
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2868
    Returns the number of (potentially overlapping) occurrences of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2869
    the string \a str in this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2871
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2872
    case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2873
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2874
    \sa contains(), indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2875
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2876
int QString::count(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2877
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2878
    int num = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2879
    int i = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2880
    if (d->size > 500 && str.d->size > 5) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2881
        QStringMatcher matcher(str, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2882
        while ((i = matcher.indexIn(*this, i + 1)) != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2883
            ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2884
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2885
        while ((i = indexOf(str, i + 1, cs)) != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2886
            ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2887
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2888
    return num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2889
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2890
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2891
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2892
  \overload count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2893
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2894
  Returns the number of occurrences of character \a ch in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2895
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2896
int QString::count(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2897
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2898
    ushort c = ch.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2899
    int num = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2900
    const ushort *i = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2901
    const ushort *b = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2902
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2903
        while (i != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2904
            if (*--i == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2905
                ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2906
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2907
        c = foldCase(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2908
        while (i != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2909
            if (foldCase(*(--i)) == c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2910
                ++num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2911
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2912
    return num;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2913
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2914
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2915
/*! \fn bool QString::contains(const QString &str, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2917
    Returns true if this string contains an occurrence of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2918
    \a str; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2919
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2920
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2921
    case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2922
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2923
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2924
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 17
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2925
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2926
    \sa indexOf(), count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2927
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2928
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2929
/*! \fn bool QString::contains(QChar ch, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2930
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2931
    \overload contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2932
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2933
    Returns true if this string contains an occurrence of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2934
    character \a ch; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2935
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2936
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2937
/*! \fn bool QString::contains(const QRegExp &rx) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2938
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2939
    \overload contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2940
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2941
    Returns true if the regular expression \a rx matches somewhere in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2942
    this string; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2943
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2944
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2945
/*! \fn bool QString::contains(QRegExp &rx) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2946
    \overload contains()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2947
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2948
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2949
    Returns true if the regular expression \a rx matches somewhere in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2950
    this string; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2951
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2952
    If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2953
    matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2954
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2956
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2957
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2958
    \overload indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2959
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2960
    Returns the index position of the first match of the regular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2961
    expression \a rx in the string, searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2962
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2963
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2964
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2965
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2966
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 25
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2967
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2968
int QString::indexOf(const QRegExp& rx, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2969
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2970
    QRegExp rx2(rx);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2971
    return rx2.indexIn(*this, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2972
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2973
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2974
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2975
    \overload indexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2976
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2978
    Returns the index position of the first match of the regular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2979
    expression \a rx in the string, searching forward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2980
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2981
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2982
    If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2983
    matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2984
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2985
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2986
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2987
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 25
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2988
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2989
int QString::indexOf(QRegExp& rx, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2990
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2991
    return rx.indexIn(*this, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2992
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2993
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2994
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2995
    \overload lastIndexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2996
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2997
    Returns the index position of the last match of the regular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2998
    expression \a rx in the string, searching backward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2999
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3000
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3001
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3003
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 30
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3004
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3005
int QString::lastIndexOf(const QRegExp& rx, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3006
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3007
    QRegExp rx2(rx);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3008
    return rx2.lastIndexIn(*this, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3009
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3010
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3011
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3012
    \overload lastIndexOf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3013
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3014
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3015
    Returns the index position of the last match of the regular
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3016
    expression \a rx in the string, searching backward from index
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3017
    position \a from. Returns -1 if \a rx didn't match anywhere.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3018
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3019
    If there is a match, the \a rx regular expression will contain the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3020
    matched captures (see QRegExp::matchedLength, QRegExp::cap).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3021
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3022
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3024
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 30
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3025
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3026
int QString::lastIndexOf(QRegExp& rx, int from) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3027
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3028
    return rx.lastIndexIn(*this, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3029
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3030
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3031
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3032
    \overload count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3034
    Returns the number of times the regular expression \a rx matches
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3035
    in the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3037
    This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3038
    below, there are four instances of "ana" or "ama":
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3039
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3040
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 18
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3041
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3042
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3043
int QString::count(const QRegExp& rx) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3044
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3045
    QRegExp rx2(rx);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3046
    int count = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3047
    int index = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3048
    int len = length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3049
    while (index < len - 1) {                 // count overlapping matches
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3050
        index = rx2.indexIn(*this, index + 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3051
        if (index == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3052
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3053
        count++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3054
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3055
    return count;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3056
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3057
#endif // QT_NO_REGEXP
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3058
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3059
/*! \fn int QString::count() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3061
    \overload count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3062
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3063
    Same as size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3064
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3065
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3066
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3067
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3068
    \enum QString::SectionFlag
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3069
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3070
    This enum specifies flags that can be used to affect various
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3071
    aspects of the section() function's behavior with respect to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3072
    separators and empty fields.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3073
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3074
    \value SectionDefault Empty fields are counted, leading and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3075
    trailing separators are not included, and the separator is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3076
    compared case sensitively.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3077
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3078
    \value SectionSkipEmpty Treat empty fields as if they don't exist,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3079
    i.e. they are not considered as far as \e start and \e end are
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3080
    concerned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3082
    \value SectionIncludeLeadingSep Include the leading separator (if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3083
    any) in the result string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3084
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3085
    \value SectionIncludeTrailingSep Include the trailing separator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3086
    (if any) in the result string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3087
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3088
    \value SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps Compare the separator
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3089
    case-insensitively.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3090
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3091
    \sa section()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3092
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3093
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3094
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3095
    \fn QString QString::section(QChar sep, int start, int end = -1, SectionFlags flags) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3096
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3097
    This function returns a section of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3098
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3099
    This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3100
    character, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3101
    position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3102
    specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3103
    string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3104
    from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3105
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3106
    The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3107
    function's behavior, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3108
    to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3109
    separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3110
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3111
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 52
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3112
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3113
    If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3114
    of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3115
    right-most field being -2, and so on.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3116
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3117
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 53
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3119
    \sa split()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3120
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3122
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3123
    \overload section()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3124
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3125
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 51
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3126
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 54
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3127
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3128
    \sa split()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3129
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3131
QString QString::section(const QString &sep, int start, int end, SectionFlags flags) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3132
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3133
    QStringList sections = split(sep, KeepEmptyParts,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3134
                                 (flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps) ? Qt::CaseInsensitive : Qt::CaseSensitive);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3135
    if (sections.isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3136
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3137
    if (!(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3138
        if (start < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3139
            start += sections.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3140
        if (end < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3141
            end += sections.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3142
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3143
        int skip = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3144
        for (int k=0; k<sections.size(); ++k) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3145
            if (sections.at(k).isEmpty())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3146
                skip++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3147
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3148
        if (start < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3149
            start += sections.count() - skip;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3150
        if (end < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3151
            end += sections.count() - skip;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3152
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3153
    int x = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3154
    QString ret;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3155
    int first_i = start, last_i = end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3156
    for (int i = 0; x <= end && i < sections.size(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3157
        QString section = sections.at(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3158
        const bool empty = section.isEmpty();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3159
        if (x >= start) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3160
            if(x == start)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3161
                first_i = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3162
            if(x == end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3163
                last_i = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3164
            if(x > start)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3165
                ret += sep;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3166
            ret += section;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3167
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3168
        if (!empty || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3169
            x++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3170
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3171
    if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && first_i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3172
        ret.prepend(sep);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3173
    if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && last_i < sections.size()-1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3174
        ret += sep;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3175
    return ret;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3176
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3177
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3178
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3179
class qt_section_chunk {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3180
public:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3181
    qt_section_chunk(int l, QString s) { length = l; string = s; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3182
    int length;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3183
    QString string;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3184
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3185
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3186
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3187
    \overload section()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3189
    This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3190
    regular expression, \a reg.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3191
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3192
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 55
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3194
    \warning Using this QRegExp version is much more expensive than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3195
    the overloaded string and character versions.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3196
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3197
    \sa split() simplified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3198
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3199
QString QString::section(const QRegExp &reg, int start, int end, SectionFlags flags) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3200
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3201
    const QChar *uc = unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3202
    if(!uc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3203
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3204
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3205
    QRegExp sep(reg);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3206
    sep.setCaseSensitivity((flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps) ? Qt::CaseInsensitive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3207
                                                                : Qt::CaseSensitive);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3208
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3209
    QList<qt_section_chunk> sections;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3210
    int n = length(), m = 0, last_m = 0, last_len = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3211
    while ((m = sep.indexIn(*this, m)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3212
        sections.append(qt_section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, m - last_m)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3213
        last_m = m;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3214
        last_len = sep.matchedLength();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3215
        m += qMax(sep.matchedLength(), 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3216
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3217
    sections.append(qt_section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, n - last_m)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3218
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3219
    if(start < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3220
        start += sections.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3221
    if(end < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3222
        end += sections.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3224
    QString ret;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3225
    int x = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3226
    int first_i = start, last_i = end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3227
    for (int i = 0; x <= end && i < sections.size(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3228
        const qt_section_chunk &section = sections.at(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3229
        const bool empty = (section.length == section.string.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3230
        if (x >= start) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3231
            if(x == start)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3232
                first_i = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3233
            if(x == end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3234
                last_i = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3235
            if(x != start)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3236
                ret += section.string;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3237
            else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3238
                ret += section.string.mid(section.length);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3239
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3240
        if (!empty || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3241
            x++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3242
    }
19
fcece45ef507 Revision: 201015
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 18
diff changeset
  3243
    if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && first_i < sections.size()) {
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3244
        const qt_section_chunk &section = sections.at(first_i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3245
        ret.prepend(section.string.left(section.length));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3246
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3247
    if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && last_i+1 <= sections.size()-1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3248
        const qt_section_chunk &section = sections.at(last_i+1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3249
        ret += section.string.left(section.length);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3250
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3251
    return ret;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3252
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3253
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3255
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3256
    Returns a substring that contains the \a n leftmost characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3257
    of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3259
    The entire string is returned if \a n is greater than size() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3260
    less than zero.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3261
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3262
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 31
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3263
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3264
    \sa right(), mid(), startsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3265
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3266
QString QString::left(int n)  const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3267
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3268
    if (n >= d->size || n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3269
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3270
    return QString((const QChar*) d->data, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3271
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3273
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3274
    Returns a substring that contains the \a n rightmost characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3275
    of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3276
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3277
    The entire string is returned if \a n is greater than size() or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3278
    less than zero.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3279
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3280
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 48
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3281
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3282
    \sa left(), mid(), endsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3283
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3284
QString QString::right(int n) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3285
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3286
    if (n >= d->size || n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3287
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3288
    return QString((const QChar*) d->data + d->size - n, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3289
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3290
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3291
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3292
    Returns a string that contains \a n characters of this string,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3293
    starting at the specified \a position index.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3294
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3295
    Returns a null string if the \a position index exceeds the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3296
    length of the string. If there are less than \a n characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3297
    available in the string starting at the given \a position, or if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3298
    \a n is -1 (default), the function returns all characters that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3299
    are available from the specified \a position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3300
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3301
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3302
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3303
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 34
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3304
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3305
    \sa left(), right()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3306
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3307
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3308
QString QString::mid(int position, int n) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3309
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3310
    if (d == &shared_null || position >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3311
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3312
    if (n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3313
        n = d->size - position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3314
    if (position < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3315
        n += position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3316
        position = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3317
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3318
    if (n + position > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3319
        n = d->size - position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3320
    if (position == 0 && n == d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3321
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3322
    return QString((const QChar*) d->data + position, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3323
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3325
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3326
    Returns true if the string starts with \a s; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3327
    false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3328
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3329
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3330
    case sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3332
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 65
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3333
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3334
    \sa endsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3335
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3336
bool QString::startsWith(const QString& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3337
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3338
    if (d == &shared_null)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3339
        return (s.d == &shared_null);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3340
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3341
        return s.d->size == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3342
    if (s.d->size > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3343
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3344
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3345
        return qMemEquals(d->data, s.d->data, s.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3346
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3347
        uint last = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3348
        uint olast = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3349
        for (int i = 0; i < s.d->size; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3350
            if (foldCase(d->data[i], last) != foldCase(s.d->data[i], olast))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3351
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3352
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3353
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3354
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3355
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3356
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3357
  \overload startsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3358
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3359
bool QString::startsWith(const QLatin1String& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3360
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3361
    if (d == &shared_null)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3362
        return (s.latin1() == 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3363
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3364
        return !s.latin1() || *s.latin1() == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3365
    int slen = qstrlen(s.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3366
    if (slen > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3367
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3368
    const uchar *latin = (const uchar *)s.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3369
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3370
        for (int i = 0; i < slen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3371
            if (d->data[i] != latin[i])
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3372
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3373
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3374
        for (int i = 0; i < slen; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3375
            if (foldCase(d->data[i]) != foldCase((ushort)latin[i]))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3376
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3377
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3378
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3379
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3380
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3381
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3382
  \overload startsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3383
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3384
  Returns true if the string starts with \a c; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3385
  false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3386
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3387
bool QString::startsWith(const QChar &c, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3388
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3389
    return d->size
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3390
           && (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3391
               ? d->data[0] == c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3392
               : foldCase(d->data[0]) == foldCase(c.unicode()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3393
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3394
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3395
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3396
    Returns true if the string ends with \a s; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3397
    false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3398
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3399
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive (default), the search is case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3400
    sensitive; otherwise the search is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3402
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 20
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3403
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3404
    \sa startsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3405
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3406
bool QString::endsWith(const QString& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3407
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3408
    if (d == &shared_null)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3409
        return (s.d == &shared_null);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3410
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3411
        return s.d->size == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3412
    int pos = d->size - s.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3413
    if (pos < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3414
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3415
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3416
        return qMemEquals(d->data + pos, s.d->data, s.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3417
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3418
        uint last = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3419
        uint olast = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3420
        for (int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3421
            if (foldCase(d->data[pos+i], last) != foldCase(s.d->data[i], olast))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3422
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3423
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3424
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3425
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3426
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3427
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3428
    \overload endsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3429
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3430
bool QString::endsWith(const QLatin1String& s, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3431
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3432
    if (d == &shared_null)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3433
        return (s.latin1() == 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3434
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3435
        return !s.latin1() || *s.latin1() == 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3436
    int slen = qstrlen(s.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3437
    int pos = d->size - slen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3438
    const uchar *latin = (const uchar *)s.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3439
    if (pos < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3440
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3441
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3442
        for (int i = 0; i < slen; i++)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3443
            if (d->data[pos+i] != latin[i])
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3444
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3445
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3446
        for (int i = 0; i < slen; i++)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3447
            if (foldCase(d->data[pos+i]) != foldCase((ushort)latin[i]))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3448
                return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3449
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3450
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3451
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3453
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3454
  Returns true if the string ends with \a c; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3455
  false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3457
  \overload endsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3458
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3459
bool QString::endsWith(const QChar &c, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3460
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3461
    return d->size
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3462
           && (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3463
               ? d->data[d->size - 1] == c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3464
               : foldCase(d->data[d->size - 1]) == foldCase(c.unicode()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3465
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3467
/*! \fn const char *QString::ascii() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3468
    \nonreentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3469
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3470
    Use toAscii() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3471
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3472
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3473
/*! \fn const char *QString::latin1() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3474
    \nonreentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3475
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3476
    Use toLatin1() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3477
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3478
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3479
/*! \fn const char *QString::utf8() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3480
    \nonreentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3481
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3482
    Use toUtf8() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3483
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3484
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3485
/*! \fn const char *QString::local8Bit() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3486
    \nonreentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3487
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3488
    Use toLocal8Bit() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3489
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3490
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3491
static QByteArray toLatin1_helper(const QChar *data, int length)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3492
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3493
    QByteArray ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3494
    if (length) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3495
        ba.resize(length);
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3496
        const ushort *src = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3497
        uchar *dst = (uchar*) ba.data();
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3498
#if defined(QT_ALWAYS_HAVE_SSE2)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3499
        if (length >= 16) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3500
            const int chunkCount = length >> 4; // divided by 16
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3501
            const __m128i questionMark = _mm_set1_epi16('?');
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3502
            // SSE has no compare instruction for unsigned comparison.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3503
            // The variables must be shiffted + 0x8000 to be compared
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3504
            const __m128i signedBitOffset = _mm_set1_epi16(0x8000);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3505
            const __m128i thresholdMask = _mm_set1_epi16(0xff + 0x8000);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3506
            for (int i = 0; i < chunkCount; ++i) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3507
                __m128i chunk1 = _mm_loadu_si128((__m128i*)src); // load
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3508
                src += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3509
                {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3510
                    // each 16 bit is equal to 0xFF if the source is outside latin 1 (>0xff)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3511
                    const __m128i signedChunk = _mm_add_epi16(chunk1, signedBitOffset);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3512
                    const __m128i offLimitMask = _mm_cmpgt_epi16(signedChunk, thresholdMask);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3513
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3514
                    // offLimitQuestionMark contains '?' for each 16 bits that was off-limit
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3515
                    // the 16 bits that were correct contains zeros
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3516
                    const __m128i offLimitQuestionMark = _mm_and_si128(offLimitMask, questionMark);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3517
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3518
                    // correctBytes contains the bytes that were in limit
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3519
                    // the 16 bits that were off limits contains zeros
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3520
                    const __m128i correctBytes = _mm_andnot_si128(offLimitMask, chunk1);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3521
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3522
                    // merge offLimitQuestionMark and correctBytes to have the result
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3523
                    chunk1 = _mm_or_si128(correctBytes, offLimitQuestionMark);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3524
                }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3525
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3526
                __m128i chunk2 = _mm_loadu_si128((__m128i*)src); // load
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3527
                src += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3528
                {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3529
                    // exactly the same operations as for the previous chunk of data
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3530
                    const __m128i signedChunk = _mm_add_epi16(chunk2, signedBitOffset);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3531
                    const __m128i offLimitMask = _mm_cmpgt_epi16(signedChunk, thresholdMask);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3532
                    const __m128i offLimitQuestionMark = _mm_and_si128(offLimitMask, questionMark);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3533
                    const __m128i correctBytes = _mm_andnot_si128(offLimitMask, chunk2);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3534
                    chunk2 = _mm_or_si128(correctBytes, offLimitQuestionMark);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3535
                }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3536
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3537
                // pack the two vector to 16 x 8bits elements
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3538
                const __m128i result = _mm_packus_epi16(chunk1, chunk2);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3539
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3540
                _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i*)dst, result); // store
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3541
                dst += 16;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3542
            }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3543
            length = length % 16;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3544
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3545
#elif QT_HAVE_NEON
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3546
        // Refer to the documentation of the SSE2 implementation
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3547
        // this use eactly the same method as for SSE except:
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3548
        // 1) neon has unsigned comparison
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3549
        // 2) packing is done to 64 bits (8 x 8bits component).
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3550
        if (length >= 16) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3551
            const int chunkCount = length >> 3; // divided by 8
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3552
            const uint16x8_t questionMark = vdupq_n_u16('?'); // set
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3553
            const uint16x8_t thresholdMask = vdupq_n_u16(0xff); // set
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3554
            for (int i = 0; i < chunkCount; ++i) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3555
                uint16x8_t chunk = vld1q_u16((uint16_t *)src); // load
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3556
                src += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3557
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3558
                const uint16x8_t offLimitMask = vcgtq_u16(chunk, thresholdMask); // chunk > thresholdMask
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3559
                const uint16x8_t offLimitQuestionMark = vandq_u16(offLimitMask, questionMark); // offLimitMask & questionMark
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3560
                const uint16x8_t correctBytes = vbicq_u16(chunk, offLimitMask); // !offLimitMask & chunk
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3561
                chunk = vorrq_u16(correctBytes, offLimitQuestionMark); // correctBytes | offLimitQuestionMark
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3562
                const uint8x8_t result = vmovn_u16(chunk); // narrowing move->packing
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3563
                vst1_u8(dst, result); // store
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3564
                dst += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3565
            }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3566
            length = length % 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3567
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3568
#endif
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3569
        while (length--) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3570
            *dst++ = (*src>0xff) ? '?' : (uchar) *src;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3571
            ++src;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3572
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3573
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3574
    return ba;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3575
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3576
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3577
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3578
    Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string as a QByteArray.
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3579
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3580
    The returned byte array is undefined if the string contains non-Latin1
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3581
    characters. Those characters may be suppressed or replaced with a
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3582
    question mark.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3583
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3584
    \sa fromLatin1(), toAscii(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3585
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3586
QByteArray QString::toLatin1() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3587
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3588
    return toLatin1_helper(unicode(), length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3589
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3590
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3591
// ### Qt 5: Change the return type of at least toAscii(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3592
// toLatin1() and unicode() such that the use of Q_COMPILER_MANGLES_RETURN_TYPE
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3593
// isn't necessary in the header. See task 177402.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3594
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3595
/*!
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3596
    Returns an 8-bit representation of the string as a QByteArray.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3598
    If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3599
    it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char; otherwise this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3600
    function does the same as toLatin1().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3601
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3602
    Note that, despite the name, this function does not necessarily return an US-ASCII
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3603
    (ANSI X3.4-1986) string and its result may not be US-ASCII compatible.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3604
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3605
    \sa fromAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3606
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3607
QByteArray QString::toAscii() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3608
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3609
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3610
    if (codecForCStrings)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3611
        return codecForCStrings->fromUnicode(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3612
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3613
    return toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3614
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3615
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3616
#if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3617
static QByteArray toLocal8Bit_helper(const QChar *data, int length)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3618
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3619
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3620
    if (QTextCodec::codecForLocale())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3621
        return QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->fromUnicode(data, length);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3622
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3623
    return toLatin1_helper(data, length);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3624
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3625
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3627
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3628
    Returns the local 8-bit representation of the string as a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3629
    QByteArray. The returned byte array is undefined if the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3630
    contains characters not supported by the local 8-bit encoding.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3631
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3632
    QTextCodec::codecForLocale() is used to perform the conversion from
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3633
    Unicode. If the locale encoding could not be determined, this function
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3634
    does the same as toLatin1().
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3635
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3636
    If this string contains any characters that cannot be encoded in the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3637
    locale, the returned byte array is undefined. Those characters may be
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3638
    suppressed or replaced by another.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3639
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3640
    \sa fromLocal8Bit(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), QTextCodec
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3641
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3642
QByteArray QString::toLocal8Bit() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3643
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3644
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3645
    if (QTextCodec::codecForLocale())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3646
        return QTextCodec::codecForLocale()->fromUnicode(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3647
#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3648
    return toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3649
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3651
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3652
    Returns a UTF-8 representation of the string as a QByteArray.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3653
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3654
    UTF-8 is a Unicode codec and can represent all characters in a Unicode
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3655
    string like QString.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3656
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3657
    However, in the Unicode range, there are certain codepoints that are not
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3658
    considered characters. The Unicode standard reserves the last two
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3659
    codepoints in each Unicode Plane (U+FFFE, U+FFFF, U+1FFFE, U+1FFFF,
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3660
    U+2FFFE, etc.), as well as 16 codepoints in the range U+FDD0..U+FDDF,
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3661
    inclusive, as non-characters. If any of those appear in the string, they
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3662
    may be discarded and will not appear in the UTF-8 representation, or they
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3663
    may be replaced by one or more replacement characters.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3664
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3665
    \sa fromUtf8(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3666
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3667
QByteArray QString::toUtf8() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3668
{
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3669
    if (isNull())
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3670
        return QByteArray();
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3671
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3672
    return QUtf8::convertFromUnicode(constData(), length(), 0);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3673
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3674
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3675
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3676
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3677
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3678
    Returns a UCS-4/UTF-32 representation of the string as a QVector<uint>.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3679
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3680
    UCS-4 is a Unicode codec and is lossless. All characters from this string
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3681
    can be encoded in UCS-4.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3683
    \sa fromUtf8(), toAscii(), toLatin1(), toLocal8Bit(), QTextCodec, fromUcs4(), toWCharArray()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3684
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3685
QVector<uint> QString::toUcs4() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3686
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3687
    QVector<uint> v(length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3688
    uint *a = v.data();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3689
    const unsigned short *uc = utf16();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3690
    for (int i = 0; i < length(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3691
        uint u = uc[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3692
        if (QChar(u).isHighSurrogate() && i < length()-1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3693
            ushort low = uc[i+1];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3694
            if (QChar(low).isLowSurrogate()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3695
                ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3696
                u = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(u, low);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3697
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3698
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3699
        *a = u;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3700
        ++a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3701
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3702
    v.resize(a - v.data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3703
    return v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3704
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3705
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3706
QString::Data *QString::fromLatin1_helper(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3707
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3708
    Data *d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3709
    if (!str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3710
        d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3711
        d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3712
    } else if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3713
        d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3714
        d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3715
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3716
        if (size < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3717
            size = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3718
        d = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data) + size * sizeof(QChar)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3719
        Q_CHECK_PTR(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3720
        d->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3721
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3722
        d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3723
        d->data = d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3724
        d->array[size] = '\0';
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3725
        ushort *dst = d->data;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3726
        /* SIMD:
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3727
         * Unpacking with SSE has been shown to improve performance on recent CPUs
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3728
         * The same method gives no improvement with NEON.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3729
         */
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3730
#if defined(QT_ALWAYS_HAVE_SSE2)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3731
        if (size >= 16) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3732
            int chunkCount = size >> 4; // divided by 16
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3733
            const __m128i nullMask = _mm_set1_epi32(0);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3734
            for (int i = 0; i < chunkCount; ++i) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3735
                const __m128i chunk = _mm_loadu_si128((__m128i*)str); // load
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3736
                str += 16;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3737
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3738
                // unpack the first 8 bytes, padding with zeros
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3739
                const __m128i firstHalf = _mm_unpacklo_epi8(chunk, nullMask);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3740
                _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i*)dst, firstHalf); // store
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3741
                dst += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3742
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3743
                // unpack the last 8 bytes, padding with zeros
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3744
                const __m128i secondHalf = _mm_unpackhi_epi8 (chunk, nullMask);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3745
                _mm_storeu_si128((__m128i*)dst, secondHalf); // store
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3746
                dst += 8;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3747
            }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3748
            size = size % 16;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3749
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3750
#endif
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3751
        while (size--)
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3752
            *dst++ = (uchar)*str++;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3753
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3754
    return d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3755
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3756
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3757
QString::Data *QString::fromAscii_helper(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3758
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3759
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3760
    if (codecForCStrings) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3761
        Data *d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3762
        if (!str) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3763
            d = &shared_null;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3764
            d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3765
        } else if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3766
            d = &shared_empty;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3767
            d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3768
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3769
            if (size < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3770
                size = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3771
            QString s = codecForCStrings->toUnicode(str, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3772
            d = s.d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3773
            d->ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3774
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3775
        return d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3776
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3777
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3778
    return fromLatin1_helper(str, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3779
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3781
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3782
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3783
    of the Latin-1 string \a str.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3784
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3785
    If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3786
    str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3787
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3788
    \sa toLatin1(), fromAscii(), fromUtf8(), fromLocal8Bit()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3789
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3790
QString QString::fromLatin1(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3791
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3792
    return QString(fromLatin1_helper(str, size), 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3793
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3794
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3796
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3797
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3798
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3799
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3800
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3801
const char *QString::ascii_helper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3802
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3803
    if (!asciiCache)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3804
        asciiCache = new QHash<void *, QByteArray>();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3805
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3806
    d->asciiCache = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3807
    QByteArray ascii = toAscii();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3808
    QByteArray old = asciiCache->value(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3809
    if (old == ascii)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3810
        return old.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3811
    asciiCache->insert(d, ascii);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3812
    return ascii.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3813
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3814
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3815
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3816
  \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3817
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3818
const char *QString::latin1_helper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3819
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3820
    if (!asciiCache)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3821
        asciiCache = new QHash<void *, QByteArray>();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3822
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3823
    d->asciiCache = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3824
    QByteArray ascii = toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3825
    QByteArray old = asciiCache->value(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3826
    if (old == ascii)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3827
        return old.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3828
    asciiCache->insert(d, ascii);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3829
    return ascii.constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3830
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3832
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3834
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3835
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3836
    of the 8-bit string \a str.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3837
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3838
    If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3839
    str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3840
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3841
    QTextCodec::codecForLocale() is used to perform the conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3842
    from Unicode.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3843
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3844
    \sa toLocal8Bit(), fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3845
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3846
QString QString::fromLocal8Bit(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3847
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3848
    if (!str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3849
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3850
    if (size == 0 || (!*str && size < 0))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3851
        return QLatin1String("");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3852
#if !defined(QT_NO_TEXTCODEC)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3853
    if (size < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3854
        size = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3855
    QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3856
    if (codec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3857
        return codec->toUnicode(str, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3858
#endif // !QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3859
    return fromLatin1(str, size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3860
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3861
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3862
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3863
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3864
    of the 8-bit string \a str.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3865
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3866
    If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3867
    str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3868
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3869
    Note that, despite the name, this function actually uses the codec
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3870
    defined by QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings() to convert \a str to
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3871
    Unicode. Depending on the codec, it may not accept valid US-ASCII (ANSI
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3872
    X3.4-1986) input. If no codec has been set, this function does the same
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3873
    as fromLatin1().
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3875
    \sa toAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromUtf8(), fromLocal8Bit()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3876
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3877
QString QString::fromAscii(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3878
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3879
    return QString(fromAscii_helper(str, size), 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3880
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3881
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3882
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3883
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size bytes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3884
    of the UTF-8 string \a str.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3885
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3886
    If \a size is -1 (default), it is taken to be qstrlen(\a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3887
    str).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3888
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3889
    UTF-8 is a Unicode codec and can represent all characters in a Unicode
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3890
    string like QString. However, invalid sequences are possible with UTF-8
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3891
    and, if any such are found, they will be replaced with one or more
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3892
    "replacement characters", or suppressed. These include non-Unicode
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3893
    sequences, non-characters, overlong sequences or surrogate codepoints
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3894
    encoded into UTF-8.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3895
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3896
    Non-characters are codepoints that the Unicode standard reserves and must
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3897
    not be used in text interchange. They are the last two codepoints in each
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3898
    Unicode Plane (U+FFFE, U+FFFF, U+1FFFE, U+1FFFF, U+2FFFE, etc.), as well
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3899
    as 16 codepoints in the range U+FDD0..U+FDDF, inclusive.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3900
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3901
    \sa toUtf8(), fromAscii(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3902
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3903
QString QString::fromUtf8(const char *str, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3904
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3905
    if (!str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3906
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3907
    if (size < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3908
        size = qstrlen(str);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3909
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3910
    return QUtf8::convertToUnicode(str, size, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3911
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3912
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3913
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3914
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3915
    of the Unicode string \a unicode (ISO-10646-UTF-16 encoded).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3917
    If \a size is -1 (default), \a unicode must be terminated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3918
    with a 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3919
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3920
    This function checks for a Byte Order Mark (BOM). If it is missing,
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3921
    host byte order is assumed.
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3922
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3923
    This function is comparatively slow.
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  3924
    Use QString(const ushort *, int) or QString(const ushort *) if possible.
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3925
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3926
    QString makes a deep copy of the Unicode data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3927
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3928
    \sa utf16(), setUtf16()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3929
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3930
QString QString::fromUtf16(const ushort *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3931
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3932
    if (!unicode)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3933
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3934
    if (size < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3935
        size = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3936
        while (unicode[size] != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3937
            ++size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3938
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3939
    return QUtf16::convertToUnicode((const char *)unicode, size*2, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3940
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3941
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3943
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3944
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3945
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3946
    Returns a QString initialized with the first \a size characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3947
    of the Unicode string \a unicode (ISO-10646-UCS-4 encoded).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3948
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3949
    If \a size is -1 (default), \a unicode must be terminated
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3950
    with a 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3951
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3952
    \sa toUcs4(), fromUtf16(), utf16(), setUtf16(), fromWCharArray()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3953
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3954
QString QString::fromUcs4(const uint *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3955
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3956
    if (!unicode)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3957
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3958
    if (size < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3959
        size = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3960
        while (unicode[size] != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3961
            ++size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3962
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3963
    return QUtf32::convertToUnicode((const char *)unicode, size*4, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3964
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3965
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3966
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3967
    Resizes the string to \a size characters and copies \a unicode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3968
    into the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3970
    If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3971
    resized to \a size.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3972
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3973
    \sa unicode(), setUtf16()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3974
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3975
QString& QString::setUnicode(const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3976
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3977
     resize(size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3978
     if (unicode && size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3979
         memcpy(d->data, unicode, size * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3980
     return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3981
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3982
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3983
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3984
    \fn QString &QString::setUtf16(const ushort *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3985
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3986
    Resizes the string to \a size characters and copies \a unicode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3987
    into the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3988
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3989
    If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the string is still
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3990
    resized to \a size.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3991
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3992
    Note that unlike fromUtf16(), this function does not consider BOMs and
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3993
    possibly differing byte ordering.
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  3994
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3995
    \sa utf16(), setUnicode()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3996
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3997
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3998
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  3999
    Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4000
    and the end, and that has each sequence of internal whitespace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4001
    replaced with a single space.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4003
    Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4004
    true. This includes the ASCII characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v',
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4005
    '\\f', '\\r', and ' '.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4006
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4007
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4009
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 57
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4010
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4011
    \sa trimmed()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4012
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4013
QString QString::simplified() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4014
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4015
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4016
        return *this;
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4017
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4018
    const QChar * const start = reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(d->data);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4019
    const QChar *from = start;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4020
    const QChar *fromEnd = start + d->size;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4021
    forever {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4022
        QChar ch = *from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4023
        if (!ch.isSpace())
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4024
            break;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4025
        if (++from == fromEnd) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4026
            // All-whitespace string
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4027
            shared_empty.ref.ref();
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4028
            return QString(&shared_empty, 0);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4029
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4030
    }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4031
    // This loop needs no underflow check, as we already determined that
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4032
    // the string contains non-whitespace. If the string has exactly one
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4033
    // non-whitespace, it will be checked twice - we can live with that.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4034
    while (fromEnd[-1].isSpace())
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4035
        fromEnd--;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4036
    // The rest of the function depends on the fact that we already know
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4037
    // that the last character in the source is no whitespace.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4038
    const QChar *copyFrom = from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4039
    int copyCount;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4040
    forever {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4041
        if (++from == fromEnd) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4042
            // Only leading and/or trailing whitespace, if any at all
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4043
            return mid(copyFrom - start, from - copyFrom);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4044
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4045
        QChar ch = *from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4046
        if (!ch.isSpace())
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4047
            continue;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4048
        if (ch != QLatin1Char(' ')) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4049
            copyCount = from - copyFrom;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4050
            break;
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4051
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4052
        ch = *++from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4053
        if (ch.isSpace()) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4054
            copyCount = from - copyFrom - 1;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4055
            break;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4056
        }
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4057
    }
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4058
    // 'from' now points at the non-trailing whitespace which made the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4059
    // string not simplified in the first place. 'copyCount' is the number
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4060
    // of already simplified characters - at least one, obviously -
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4061
    // without a trailing space.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4062
    QString result((fromEnd - from) + copyCount, Qt::Uninitialized);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4063
    QChar *to = reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(result.d->data);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4064
    ::memcpy(to, copyFrom, copyCount * 2);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4065
    to += copyCount;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4066
    fromEnd--;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4067
    QChar ch;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4068
    forever {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4069
        *to++ = QLatin1Char(' ');
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4070
        do {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4071
            ch = *++from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4072
        } while (ch.isSpace());
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4073
        if (from == fromEnd)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4074
            break;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4075
        do {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4076
            *to++ = ch;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4077
            ch = *++from;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4078
            if (from == fromEnd)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4079
                goto done;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4080
        } while (!ch.isSpace());
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4081
    }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4082
  done:
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4083
    *to++ = ch;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4084
    result.truncate(to - reinterpret_cast<QChar *>(result.d->data));
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4085
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4086
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4087
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4088
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4089
    Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4090
    the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4091
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4092
    Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4093
    true. This includes the ASCII characters '\\t', '\\n', '\\v',
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4094
    '\\f', '\\r', and ' '.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4095
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4096
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4098
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 82
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4099
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4100
    Unlike simplified(), trimmed() leaves internal whitespace alone.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4101
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4102
    \sa simplified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4103
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4104
QString QString::trimmed() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4105
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4106
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4107
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4108
    const QChar *s = (const QChar*)d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4109
    if (!s->isSpace() && !s[d->size-1].isSpace())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4110
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4111
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4112
    int end = d->size - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4113
    while (start<=end && s[start].isSpace())  // skip white space from start
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4114
        start++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4115
    if (start <= end) {                          // only white space
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4116
        while (end && s[end].isSpace())           // skip white space from end
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4117
            end--;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4118
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4119
    int l = end - start + 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4120
    if (l <= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4121
        shared_empty.ref.ref();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4122
        return QString(&shared_empty, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4123
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4124
    return QString(s + start, l);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4125
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4126
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4127
/*! \fn const QChar QString::at(int position) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4128
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4129
    Returns the character at the given index \a position in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4130
    string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4131
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4132
    The \a position must be a valid index position in the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4133
    (i.e., 0 <= \a position < size()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4134
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4135
    \sa operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4136
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4137
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4138
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4139
    \fn QCharRef QString::operator[](int position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4140
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4141
    Returns the character at the specified \a position in the string as a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4142
    modifiable reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4143
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4144
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4146
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 85
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4147
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4148
    The return value is of type QCharRef, a helper class for QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4149
    When you get an object of type QCharRef, you can use it as if it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4150
    were a QChar &. If you assign to it, the assignment will apply to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4151
    the character in the QString from which you got the reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4152
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4153
    \sa at()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4154
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4156
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4157
    \fn const QChar QString::operator[](int position) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4159
    \overload operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4160
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4162
/*! \fn QCharRef QString::operator[](uint position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4163
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4164
\overload operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4165
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4166
Returns the character at the specified \a position in the string as a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4167
modifiable reference. Equivalent to \c at(position).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4168
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4169
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4170
/*! \fn const QChar QString::operator[](uint position) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4172
\overload operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4173
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4174
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4175
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4176
    \fn void QString::truncate(int position)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4177
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4178
    Truncates the string at the given \a position index.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4179
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4180
    If the specified \a position index is beyond the end of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4181
    string, nothing happens.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4183
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4185
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 83
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4186
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4187
    If \a position is negative, it is equivalent to passing zero.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4188
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4189
    \sa chop(), resize(), left()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4190
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4191
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4192
void QString::truncate(int pos)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4193
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4194
    if (pos < d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4195
        resize(pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4196
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4197
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4198
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4199
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4200
    Removes \a n characters from the end of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4202
    If \a n is greater than size(), the result is an empty string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4203
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4204
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4205
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 15
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4206
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4207
    If you want to remove characters from the \e beginning of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4208
    string, use remove() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4209
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4210
    \sa truncate(), resize(), remove()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4211
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4212
void QString::chop(int n)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4213
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4214
    if (n > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4215
        resize(d->size - n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4216
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4217
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4218
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4219
    Sets every character in the string to character \a ch. If \a size
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4220
    is different from -1 (default), the string is resized to \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4221
    size beforehand.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4222
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4223
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4225
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 21
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4226
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4227
    \sa resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4228
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4230
QString& QString::fill(QChar ch, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4231
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4232
    resize(size < 0 ? d->size : size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4233
    if (d->size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4234
        QChar *i = (QChar*)d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4235
        QChar *b = (QChar*)d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4236
        while (i != b)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4237
           *--i = ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4238
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4239
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4240
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4241
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4242
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4243
    \fn int QString::length() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4245
    Returns the number of characters in this string.  Equivalent to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4246
    size().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4247
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4248
    \sa setLength()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4249
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4250
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4251
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4252
    \fn int QString::size() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4253
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4254
    Returns the number of characters in this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4255
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4256
    The last character in the string is at position size() - 1. In
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4257
    addition, QString ensures that the character at position size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4258
    is always '\\0', so that you can use the return value of data()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4259
    and constData() as arguments to functions that expect
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4260
    '\\0'-terminated strings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4261
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4262
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4263
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4264
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 58
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4266
    \sa isEmpty(), resize()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4267
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4268
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4269
/*! \fn bool QString::isNull() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4270
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4271
    Returns true if this string is null; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4273
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4274
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4275
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 28
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4276
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4277
    Qt makes a distinction between null strings and empty strings for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4278
    historical reasons. For most applications, what matters is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4279
    whether or not a string contains any data, and this can be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4280
    determined using the isEmpty() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4281
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4282
    \sa isEmpty()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4283
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4284
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4285
/*! \fn bool QString::isEmpty() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4286
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4287
    Returns true if the string has no characters; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4288
    false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4289
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4290
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4291
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4292
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 27
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4293
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4294
    \sa size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4295
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4296
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4297
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4299
    Appends the string \a other onto the end of this string and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4300
    returns a reference to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4301
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4302
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4303
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4304
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 84
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4305
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4306
    This operation is typically very fast (\l{constant time}),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4307
    because QString preallocates extra space at the end of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4308
    data so it can grow without reallocating the entire string each
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4309
    time.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4311
    \sa append(), prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4312
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4314
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QLatin1String &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4315
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4316
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4317
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4318
    Appends the Latin-1 string \a str to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4319
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4320
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4321
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QByteArray &ba)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4322
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4323
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4324
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4325
    Appends the byte array \a ba to this string. The byte array is converted
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4326
    to Unicode using the fromAscii() function. If any NUL characters ('\0')
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4327
    are embedded in the \a ba byte array, they will be included in the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4328
    transformation.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4329
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4330
    You can disable this function by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4331
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4332
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4333
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4334
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4335
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4336
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4337
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4338
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4339
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4340
    Appends the string \a str to this string. The const char pointer
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4341
    is converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4343
    You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4344
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4345
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4346
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4347
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4348
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4349
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(const QStringRef &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4350
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4351
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4352
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4353
    Appends the string section referenced by \a str to this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4354
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4355
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4356
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4358
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4359
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4360
    Appends the character \a ch to this string. The character is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4361
    converted to Unicode using the fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4362
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4363
    You can disable this function by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4364
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4365
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4366
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4367
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4368
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4369
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4370
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4371
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4373
    Appends the character \a ch to the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4374
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4376
/*! \fn QString &QString::operator+=(QChar::SpecialCharacter c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4377
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4378
    \overload operator+=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4379
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4380
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4381
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4382
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4383
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4384
    \fn bool operator==(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4385
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4386
    \overload  operator==()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4387
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4388
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4389
    Returns true if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4390
    Note that no string is equal to \a s1 being 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4392
    Equivalent to \c {s1 != 0 && compare(s1, s2) == 0}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4393
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4394
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4395
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4396
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4397
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4398
    \fn bool operator!=(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4399
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4401
    Returns true if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4402
    false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4403
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4404
    For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c {compare(} \a s1, \a s2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4405
    \c {) != 0}. Note that no string is equal to \a s1 being 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4407
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4408
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4409
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4410
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4411
    \fn bool operator<(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4412
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4413
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4414
    Returns true if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4415
    returns false.  For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4416
    {compare(s1, s2) < 0}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4418
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4419
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4420
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4421
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4422
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4423
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4424
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4425
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4426
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4427
    \fn bool operator<=(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4428
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4429
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4430
    Returns true if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4431
    otherwise returns false.  For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4432
    {compare(s1, s2) <= 0}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4433
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4434
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4435
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4436
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4437
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4438
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4439
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4440
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4441
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4442
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4443
    \fn bool operator>(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4444
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4445
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4446
    Returns true if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4447
    returns false.  Equivalent to \c {compare(s1, s2) > 0}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4448
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4449
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4450
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4451
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4452
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4453
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4454
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4455
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4456
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4457
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4458
    \fn bool operator>=(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4459
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4460
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4461
    Returns true if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4462
    otherwise returns false.  For \a s1 != 0, this is equivalent to \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4463
    {compare(s1, s2) >= 0}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4464
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4465
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4466
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4467
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4468
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4469
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4470
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4471
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4472
    \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4473
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4474
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4475
    Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4476
    s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4477
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4478
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4479
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4480
    \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s1, const char *s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4481
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4482
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4483
    Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4484
    s2 (\a s2 is converted to Unicode using the QString::fromAscii()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4485
    function).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4486
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4487
    \sa QString::fromAscii()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4488
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4489
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4490
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4491
    \fn const QString operator+(const char *s1, const QString &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4492
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4494
    Returns a string which is the result of concatenating \a s1 and \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4495
    s2 (\a s1 is converted to Unicode using the QString::fromAscii()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4496
    function).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4497
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4498
    \sa QString::fromAscii()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4499
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4500
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4501
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4502
    \fn const QString operator+(const QString &s, char ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4503
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4504
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4505
    Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4506
    \a s and the character \a ch.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4507
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4508
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4509
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4510
    \fn const QString operator+(char ch, const QString &s)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4511
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4512
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4513
    Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4514
    character \a ch and the string \a s.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4515
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4516
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4517
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4518
    \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4519
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4520
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4521
    Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4522
    to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4523
    greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4524
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4525
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4526
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4527
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4528
    Case sensitive comparison is based exclusively on the numeric
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4529
    Unicode values of the characters and is very fast, but is not what
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4530
    a human would expect.  Consider sorting user-visible strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4531
    localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4532
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4533
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 16
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4535
    \sa operator==(), operator<(), operator>()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4536
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4537
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4538
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4539
    \fn int QString::compare(const QString & s1, const QString & s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4540
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4541
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4542
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4543
    Performs a case sensitive compare of \a s1 and \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4544
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4545
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4546
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4547
    \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QLatin1String &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4548
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4549
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4550
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4551
    Performs a comparison of \a s1 and \a s2, using the case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4552
    sensitivity setting \a cs.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4553
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4554
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4555
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4556
    \fn int QString::compare(const QLatin1String &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4558
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4559
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4560
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4561
    Performs a comparison of \a s1 and \a s2, using the case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4562
    sensitivity setting \a cs.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4563
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4564
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4565
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4566
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4567
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4568
    Lexically compares this string with the \a other string and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4569
    returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4570
    this string is less than, equal to, or greater than the other
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4571
    string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4572
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4573
    Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4574
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4575
int QString::compare(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4576
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4577
    return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4578
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4580
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4581
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4582
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4583
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4584
    Same as compare(*this, \a other, \a cs).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4585
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4586
int QString::compare(const QString &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4587
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4588
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4589
        return ucstrcmp(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4590
    return ucstricmp(d->data, d->data + d->size, other.d->data, other.d->data + other.d->size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4591
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4592
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4593
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4594
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4595
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4596
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4597
int QString::compare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1, const QChar *data2, int length2,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4598
                            Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4599
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4600
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4601
        return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4602
    register const ushort *s1 = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4603
    register const ushort *s2 = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4604
    return ucstricmp(s1, s1 + length1, s2, s2 + length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4605
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4606
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4607
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4608
    \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4609
    \since 4.2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4610
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4611
    Same as compare(*this, \a other, \a cs).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4612
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4613
int QString::compare(const QLatin1String &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4614
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4615
    return compare_helper(unicode(), length(), other, cs);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4616
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4617
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4618
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4619
  \fn int QString::compare(const QStringRef &ref, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4620
  \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4621
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4622
  Compares the string reference, \a ref, with the string and returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4623
  an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4624
  is less than, equal to, or greater than \a ref.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4625
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4626
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4627
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4628
  \fn int QString::compare(const QString &s1, const QStringRef &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4629
  \overload compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4630
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4631
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4632
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4633
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4634
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4635
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4636
int QString::compare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1, QLatin1String s2,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4637
                            Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4638
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4639
    const ushort *uc = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(data1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4640
    const ushort *e = uc + length1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4641
    const uchar *c = (uchar *)s2.latin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4643
    if (!c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4644
        return length1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4646
    if (cs == Qt::CaseSensitive) {
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4647
        while (uc < e && *c && *uc == *c)
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4648
            uc++, c++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4649
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4650
        if (uc == e)
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4651
            return -*c;
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4652
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4653
        return *uc - *c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4654
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4655
        return ucstricmp(uc, e, c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4656
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4657
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4658
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4659
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4660
    \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString & s1, const QString & s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4662
    Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4663
    to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4664
    greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4665
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4666
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4667
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4668
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4669
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4670
    On Mac OS X since Qt 4.3, this function compares according the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4671
    "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International prefereces panel.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4672
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4673
    \sa compare(), QTextCodec::locale()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4674
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4676
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4677
    \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4678
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4679
    \overload localeAwareCompare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4680
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4681
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4682
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4683
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4684
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4685
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4686
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4687
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4688
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4689
    Same as \c {localeAwareCompare(*this, other)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4690
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4692
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4693
    \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString &s1, const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4694
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4695
    \overload localeAwareCompare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4696
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4697
    Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4698
    to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4699
    greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4701
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4702
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4703
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4704
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4705
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4706
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4707
#if !defined(CSTR_LESS_THAN)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4708
#define CSTR_LESS_THAN    1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4709
#define CSTR_EQUAL        2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4710
#define CSTR_GREATER_THAN 3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4711
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4712
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4713
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4714
    \overload localeAwareCompare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4715
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4716
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4717
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4718
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4719
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4720
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4721
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4722
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4723
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4724
    Same as \c {localeAwareCompare(*this, other)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4725
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4726
int QString::localeAwareCompare(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4727
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4728
    return localeAwareCompare_helper(constData(), length(), other.constData(), other.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4729
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4730
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4731
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4732
QT_END_NAMESPACE
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4733
#include "qt_windows.h"
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4734
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4735
#endif
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  4736
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4737
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4738
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4739
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4740
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4741
int QString::localeAwareCompare_helper(const QChar *data1, int length1,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4742
                                       const QChar *data2, int length2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4743
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4744
    // do the right thing for null and empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4745
    if (length1 == 0 || length2 == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4746
        return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4748
#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4749
    int res = CompareString(GetUserDefaultLCID(), 0, (wchar_t*)data1, length1, (wchar_t*)data2, length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4750
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4751
    switch (res) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4752
    case CSTR_LESS_THAN:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4753
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4754
    case CSTR_GREATER_THAN:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4755
        return 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4756
    default:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4757
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4758
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4759
#elif defined (Q_OS_MAC)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4760
    // Use CFStringCompare for comparing strings on Mac. This makes Qt order
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4761
    // strings the same way as native applications do, and also respects
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4762
    // the "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International preferences
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4763
    // panel.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4764
    const CFStringRef thisString =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4765
        CFStringCreateWithCharactersNoCopy(kCFAllocatorDefault,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4766
            reinterpret_cast<const UniChar *>(data1), length1, kCFAllocatorNull);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4767
    const CFStringRef otherString =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4768
        CFStringCreateWithCharactersNoCopy(kCFAllocatorDefault,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4769
            reinterpret_cast<const UniChar *>(data2), length2, kCFAllocatorNull);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4770
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4771
    const int result = CFStringCompare(thisString, otherString, kCFCompareLocalized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4772
    CFRelease(thisString);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4773
    CFRelease(otherString);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4774
    return result;
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4775
#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4776
    TPtrC p1 = TPtrC16(reinterpret_cast<const TUint16 *>(data1), length1);
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4777
    TPtrC p2 = TPtrC16(reinterpret_cast<const TUint16 *>(data2), length2);
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  4778
    return p1.CompareC(p2);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4779
#elif defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4780
    // declared in <string.h>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4781
    int delta = strcoll(toLocal8Bit_helper(data1, length1), toLocal8Bit_helper(data2, length2));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4782
    if (delta == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4783
        delta = ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4784
    return delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4785
#else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4786
    return ucstrcmp(data1, length1, data2, length2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4787
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4788
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4789
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4791
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4792
    \fn const QChar *QString::unicode() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4794
    Returns a '\\0'-terminated Unicode representation of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4795
    The result remains valid until the string is modified.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4796
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4797
    \sa utf16()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4798
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4799
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4800
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4801
    \fn const ushort *QString::utf16() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4802
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4803
    Returns the QString as a '\\0\'-terminated array of unsigned
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4804
    shorts. The result remains valid until the string is modified.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4805
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  4806
    The returned string is in host byte order.
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  4807
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4808
    \sa unicode()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4809
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4811
const ushort *QString::utf16() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4812
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4813
    if (d->data != d->array) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4814
        QString *that = const_cast<QString*>(this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4815
        that->realloc();   // ensure '\\0'-termination for ::fromRawData strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4816
        return that->d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4817
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4818
    return d->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4819
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4820
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4821
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4822
    Returns a string of size \a width that contains this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4823
    padded by the \a fill character.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4824
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4825
    If \a truncate is false and the size() of the string is more than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4826
    \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4827
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4828
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 32
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4829
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4830
    If \a truncate is true and the size() of the string is more than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4831
    \a width, then any characters in a copy of the string after
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4832
    position \a width are removed, and the copy is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4834
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 33
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4835
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4836
    \sa rightJustified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4837
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4838
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4839
QString QString::leftJustified(int width, QChar fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4840
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4841
    QString result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4842
    int len = length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4843
    int padlen = width - len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4844
    if (padlen > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4845
        result.resize(len+padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4846
        if (len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4847
            memcpy(result.d->data, d->data, sizeof(QChar)*len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4848
        QChar *uc = (QChar*)result.d->data + len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4849
        while (padlen--)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4850
           * uc++ = fill;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4851
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4852
        if (truncate)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4853
            result = left(width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4854
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4855
            result = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4856
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4857
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4858
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4860
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4861
    Returns a string of size() \a width that contains the \a fill
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4862
    character followed by the string. For example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4863
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4864
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 49
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4865
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4866
    If \a truncate is false and the size() of the string is more than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4867
    \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4868
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4869
    If \a truncate is true and the size() of the string is more than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4870
    \a width, then the resulting string is truncated at position \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4871
    width.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4872
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4873
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 50
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4875
    \sa leftJustified()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4876
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4877
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4878
QString QString::rightJustified(int width, QChar fill, bool truncate) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4879
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4880
    QString result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4881
    int len = length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4882
    int padlen = width - len;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4883
    if (padlen > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4884
        result.resize(len+padlen);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4885
        QChar *uc = (QChar*)result.d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4886
        while (padlen--)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4887
           * uc++ = fill;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4888
        if (len)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4889
            memcpy(uc, d->data, sizeof(QChar)*len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4890
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4891
        if (truncate)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4892
            result = left(width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4893
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4894
            result = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4895
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4896
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4897
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4898
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4899
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4900
    Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4901
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4902
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 75
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4904
    \sa toUpper()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4905
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4906
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4907
QString QString::toLower() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4908
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4909
    const ushort *p = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4910
    if (!p)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4911
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4912
    if (!d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4913
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4914
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4915
    const ushort *e = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4917
    // this avoids one out of bounds check in the loop
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4918
    if (QChar(*p).isLowSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4919
        ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4920
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4921
    while (p != e) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4922
        uint c = *p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4923
        if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4924
            c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4925
        const QUnicodeTables::Properties *prop = qGetProp(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4926
        if (prop->lowerCaseDiff || prop->lowerCaseSpecial) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4927
            QString s(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4928
            memcpy(s.d->data, d->data, (p - d->data)*sizeof(ushort));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4929
            ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4930
            while (p < e) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4931
                uint c = *p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4932
                if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4933
                    c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4934
                prop = qGetProp(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4935
                if (prop->lowerCaseSpecial) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4936
                    int pos = pp - s.d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4937
                    s.resize(s.d->size + SPECIAL_CASE_MAX_LEN);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4938
                    pp = s.d->data + pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4939
                    const ushort *specialCase = specialCaseMap + prop->lowerCaseDiff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4940
                    while (*specialCase)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4941
                        *pp++ = *specialCase++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4942
                } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4943
                    *pp++ = *p + prop->lowerCaseDiff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4944
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4945
                ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4946
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4947
            s.truncate(pp - s.d->data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4948
            return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4949
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4950
        ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4951
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4952
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4953
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4954
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4955
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4956
    Returns the case folded equivalent of the string. For most Unicode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4957
    characters this is the same as toLower().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4958
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4959
QString QString::toCaseFolded() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4960
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4961
    if (!d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4962
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4963
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4964
    const ushort *p = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4965
    if (!p)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4966
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4968
    const ushort *e = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4970
    uint last = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4971
    while (p < e) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4972
        ushort folded = foldCase(*p, last);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4973
        if (folded != *p) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4974
            QString s(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4975
            s.detach();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4976
            ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4977
            const ushort *ppe = s.d->data + s.d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4978
            last = pp > s.d->data ? *(pp - 1) : 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4979
            while (pp < ppe) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4980
                *pp = foldCase(*pp, last);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4981
                ++pp;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4982
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4983
            return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4984
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4985
        p++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4986
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4987
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4988
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4989
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4990
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4991
    Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4992
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4993
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 81
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4994
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4995
    \sa toLower()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4996
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4997
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4998
QString QString::toUpper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  4999
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5000
    const ushort *p = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5001
    if (!p)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5002
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5003
    if (!d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5004
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5005
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5006
    const ushort *e = d->data + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5007
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5008
    // this avoids one out of bounds check in the loop
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5009
    if (QChar(*p).isLowSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5010
        ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5011
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5012
    while (p != e) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5013
        uint c = *p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5014
        if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5015
            c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5016
        const QUnicodeTables::Properties *prop = qGetProp(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5017
        if (prop->upperCaseDiff || prop->upperCaseSpecial) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5018
            QString s(d->size, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5019
            memcpy(s.d->data, d->data, (p - d->data)*sizeof(ushort));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5020
            ushort *pp = s.d->data + (p - d->data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5021
            while (p < e) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5022
                uint c = *p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5023
                if (QChar(c).isLowSurrogate() && QChar(*(p - 1)).isHighSurrogate())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5024
                    c = QChar::surrogateToUcs4(*(p - 1), c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5025
                prop = qGetProp(c);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5026
                if (prop->upperCaseSpecial) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5027
                    int pos = pp - s.d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5028
                    s.resize(s.d->size + SPECIAL_CASE_MAX_LEN);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5029
                    pp = s.d->data + pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5030
                    const ushort *specialCase = specialCaseMap + prop->upperCaseDiff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5031
                    while (*specialCase)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5032
                        *pp++ = *specialCase++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5033
                } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5034
                    *pp++ = *p + prop->upperCaseDiff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5035
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5036
                ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5037
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5038
            s.truncate(pp - s.d->data);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5039
            return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5040
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5041
        ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5042
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5043
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5044
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5045
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5046
// ### Qt 5: Consider whether this function shouldn't be removed See task 202871.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5047
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5048
    Safely builds a formatted string from the format string \a cformat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5049
    and an arbitrary list of arguments.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5050
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5051
    The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5052
    (as returned by QChar::unicode()). The %ls escape sequence expects
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5053
    a pointer to a zero-terminated array of unicode characters of type
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5054
    ushort (as returned by QString::utf16()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5055
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5056
    \note This function expects a UTF-8 string for %s and Latin-1 for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5057
    the format string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5058
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5059
    The format string supports most of the conversion specifiers
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5060
    provided by printf() in the standard C++ library. It doesn't
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5061
    honor the length modifiers (e.g. \c h for \c short, \c ll for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5062
    \c{long long}). If you need those, use the standard snprintf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5063
    function instead:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5064
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5065
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 63
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5066
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5067
    \warning We do not recommend using QString::sprintf() in new Qt
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5068
    code. Instead, consider using QTextStream or arg(), both of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5069
    which support Unicode strings seamlessly and are type-safe.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5070
    Here's an example that uses QTextStream:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5071
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5072
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 64
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5073
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5074
    For \l {QObject::tr()}{translations}, especially if the strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5075
    contains more than one escape sequence, you should consider using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5076
    the arg() function instead. This allows the order of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5077
    replacements to be controlled by the translator.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5078
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5079
    \sa arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5080
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5081
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5082
QString &QString::sprintf(const char *cformat, ...)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5083
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5084
    va_list ap;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5085
    va_start(ap, cformat);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5086
    QString &s = vsprintf(cformat, ap);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5087
    va_end(ap);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5088
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5089
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5090
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5091
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5092
    Equivalent method to sprintf(), but takes a va_list \a ap
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5093
    instead a list of variable arguments. See the sprintf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5094
    documentation for an explanation of \a cformat.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5095
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5096
    This method does not call the va_end macro, the caller
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5097
    is responsible to call va_end on \a ap.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5098
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5099
    \sa sprintf()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5100
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5101
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5102
QString &QString::vsprintf(const char* cformat, va_list ap)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5103
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5104
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5105
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5106
    if (!cformat || !*cformat) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5107
        // Qt 1.x compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5108
        *this = fromLatin1("");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5109
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5110
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5111
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5112
    // Parse cformat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5113
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5114
    QString result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5115
    const char *c = cformat;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5116
    for (;;) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5117
        // Copy non-escape chars to result
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5118
#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5119
        int i = 0;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5120
        while (*(c + i) != '\0' && *(c + i) != '%')
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5121
            ++i;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5122
        if (codecForCStrings)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5123
            result.append(codecForCStrings->toUnicode(c, i));
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5124
        else
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5125
            result.append(fromLatin1(c, i));
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5126
        c += i;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5127
#else
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5128
        while (*c != '\0' && *c != '%')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5129
            result.append(QLatin1Char(*c++));
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  5130
#endif
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5131
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5132
        if (*c == '\0')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5133
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5134
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5135
        // Found '%'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5136
        const char *escape_start = c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5137
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5138
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5139
        if (*c == '\0') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5140
            result.append(QLatin1Char('%')); // a % at the end of the string - treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5141
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5142
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5143
        if (*c == '%') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5144
            result.append(QLatin1Char('%')); // %%
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5145
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5146
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5147
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5149
        // Parse flag characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5150
        uint flags = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5151
        bool no_more_flags = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5152
        do {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5153
            switch (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5154
                case '#': flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5155
                case '0': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5156
                case '-': flags |= QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5157
                case ' ': flags |= QLocalePrivate::BlankBeforePositive; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5158
                case '+': flags |= QLocalePrivate::AlwaysShowSign; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5159
                case '\'': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5160
                default: no_more_flags = true; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5161
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5162
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5163
            if (!no_more_flags)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5164
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5165
        } while (!no_more_flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5166
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5167
        if (*c == '\0') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5168
            result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5169
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5170
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5171
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5172
        // Parse field width
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5173
        int width = -1; // -1 means unspecified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5174
        if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5175
            QString width_str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5176
            while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5177
                width_str.append(QLatin1Char(*c++));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5178
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5179
            // can't be negative - started with a digit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5180
            // contains at least one digit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5181
            width = width_str.toInt();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5182
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5183
        else if (*c == '*') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5184
            width = va_arg(ap, int);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5185
            if (width < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5186
                width = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5187
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5188
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5189
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5190
        if (*c == '\0') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5191
            result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5192
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5193
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5195
        // Parse precision
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5196
        int precision = -1; // -1 means unspecified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5197
        if (*c == '.') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5198
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5199
            if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5200
                QString precision_str;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5201
                while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5202
                    precision_str.append(QLatin1Char(*c++));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5203
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5204
                // can't be negative - started with a digit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5205
                // contains at least one digit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5206
                precision = precision_str.toInt();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5207
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5208
            else if (*c == '*') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5209
                precision = va_arg(ap, int);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5210
                if (precision < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5211
                    precision = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5212
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5213
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5214
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5215
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5216
        if (*c == '\0') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5217
            result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5218
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5219
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5221
        // Parse the length modifier
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5222
        enum LengthMod { lm_none, lm_hh, lm_h, lm_l, lm_ll, lm_L, lm_j, lm_z, lm_t };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5223
        LengthMod length_mod = lm_none;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5224
        switch (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5225
            case 'h':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5226
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5227
                if (*c == 'h') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5228
                    length_mod = lm_hh;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5229
                    ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5230
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5231
                else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5232
                    length_mod = lm_h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5233
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5234
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5235
            case 'l':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5236
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5237
                if (*c == 'l') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5238
                    length_mod = lm_ll;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5239
                    ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5240
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5241
                else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5242
                    length_mod = lm_l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5243
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5245
            case 'L':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5246
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5247
                length_mod = lm_L;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5248
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5249
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5250
            case 'j':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5251
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5252
                length_mod = lm_j;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5253
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5254
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5255
            case 'z':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5256
            case 'Z':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5257
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5258
                length_mod = lm_z;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5259
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5260
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5261
            case 't':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5262
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5263
                length_mod = lm_t;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5264
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5266
            default: break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5267
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5268
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5269
        if (*c == '\0') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5270
            result.append(QLatin1String(escape_start)); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5271
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5272
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5273
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5274
        // Parse the conversion specifier and do the conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5275
        QString subst;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5276
        switch (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5277
            case 'd':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5278
            case 'i': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5279
                qint64 i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5280
                switch (length_mod) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5281
                    case lm_none: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5282
                    case lm_hh: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5283
                    case lm_h: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5284
                    case lm_l: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5285
                    case lm_ll: i = va_arg(ap, qint64); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5286
                    case lm_j: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5287
                    case lm_z: i = va_arg(ap, size_t); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5288
                    case lm_t: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5289
                    default: i = 0; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5290
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5291
                subst = locale.d()->longLongToString(i, precision, 10, width, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5292
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5293
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5294
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5295
            case 'o':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5296
            case 'u':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5297
            case 'x':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5298
            case 'X': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5299
                quint64 u;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5300
                switch (length_mod) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5301
                    case lm_none: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5302
                    case lm_hh: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5303
                    case lm_h: u = va_arg(ap, uint); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5304
                    case lm_l: u = va_arg(ap, ulong); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5305
                    case lm_ll: u = va_arg(ap, quint64); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5306
                    case lm_z: u = va_arg(ap, size_t); break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5307
                    default: u = 0; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5308
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5309
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5310
                if (qIsUpper(*c))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5311
                    flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5312
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5313
                int base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5314
                switch (qToLower(*c)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5315
                    case 'o':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5316
                        base = 8; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5317
                    case 'u':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5318
                        base = 10; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5319
                    case 'x':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5320
                        base = 16; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5321
                    default: break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5322
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5323
                subst = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(u, precision, base, width, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5324
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5325
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5326
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5327
            case 'E':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5328
            case 'e':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5329
            case 'F':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5330
            case 'f':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5331
            case 'G':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5332
            case 'g':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5333
            case 'A':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5334
            case 'a': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5335
                double d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5336
                if (length_mod == lm_L)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5337
                    d = va_arg(ap, long double); // not supported - converted to a double
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5338
                else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5339
                    d = va_arg(ap, double);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5340
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5341
                if (qIsUpper(*c))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5342
                    flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5343
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5344
                QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5345
                switch (qToLower(*c)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5346
                    case 'e': form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5347
                    case 'a':                             // not supported - decimal form used instead
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5348
                    case 'f': form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5349
                    case 'g': form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5350
                    default: break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5351
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5352
                subst = locale.d()->doubleToString(d, precision, form, width, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5353
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5354
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5355
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5356
            case 'c': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5357
                if (length_mod == lm_l)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5358
                    subst = QChar((ushort) va_arg(ap, int));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5359
                else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5360
                    subst = QLatin1Char((uchar) va_arg(ap, int));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5361
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5362
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5363
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5364
            case 's': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5365
                if (length_mod == lm_l) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5366
                    const ushort *buff = va_arg(ap, const ushort*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5367
                    const ushort *ch = buff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5368
                    while (*ch != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5369
                        ++ch;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5370
                    subst.setUtf16(buff, ch - buff);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5371
                } else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5372
                    subst = QString::fromUtf8(va_arg(ap, const char*));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5373
                if (precision != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5374
                    subst.truncate(precision);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5375
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5376
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5377
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5378
            case 'p': {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5379
                void *arg = va_arg(ap, void*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5380
#ifdef Q_OS_WIN64
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5381
                quint64 i = reinterpret_cast<quint64>(arg);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5382
#else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5383
                quint64 i = reinterpret_cast<unsigned long>(arg);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5384
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5385
                flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5386
                subst = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(i, precision, 16, width, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5387
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5388
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5389
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5390
            case 'n':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5391
                switch (length_mod) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5392
                    case lm_hh: {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5393
                        signed char *n = va_arg(ap, signed char*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5394
                        *n = result.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5395
                        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5396
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5397
                    case lm_h: {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5398
                        short int *n = va_arg(ap, short int*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5399
                        *n = result.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5400
                            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5401
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5402
                    case lm_l: {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5403
                        long int *n = va_arg(ap, long int*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5404
                        *n = result.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5405
                        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5406
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5407
                    case lm_ll: {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5408
                        qint64 *n = va_arg(ap, qint64*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5409
                        volatile uint tmp = result.length(); // egcs-2.91.66 gets internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5410
                        *n = tmp;                             // compiler error without volatile
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5411
                        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5412
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5413
                    default: {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5414
                        int *n = va_arg(ap, int*);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5415
                        *n = result.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5416
                        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5417
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5418
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5419
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5420
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5421
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5422
            default: // bad escape, treat as non-escape text
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5423
                for (const char *cc = escape_start; cc != c; ++cc)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5424
                    result.append(QLatin1Char(*cc));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5425
                continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5426
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5427
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5428
        if (flags & QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5429
            result.append(subst.leftJustified(width));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5430
        else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5431
            result.append(subst.rightJustified(width));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5432
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5433
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5434
    *this = result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5435
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5436
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5437
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5438
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5439
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5440
    Returns the string converted to a \c{long long} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5441
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5442
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5443
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5444
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5445
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5446
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5447
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5448
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5449
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5450
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5451
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5453
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 74
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5454
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5455
    \sa number(), toULongLong(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5456
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5457
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5458
qint64 QString::toLongLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5459
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5460
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5461
    if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5462
        qWarning("QString::toLongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5463
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5464
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5465
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5466
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5467
    bool my_ok;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5468
    QLocale def_locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5469
    qint64 result = def_locale.d()->stringToLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5470
    if (my_ok) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5471
        if (ok != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5472
            *ok = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5473
        return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5474
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5475
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5476
    QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5477
    return c_locale.d()->stringToLongLong(*this, base, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5478
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5479
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5480
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5481
    Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned long long} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5482
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5483
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5484
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5485
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5486
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5487
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5488
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5489
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5490
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5491
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5492
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5494
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 79
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5496
    \sa number(), toLongLong()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5497
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5498
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5499
quint64 QString::toULongLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5500
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5501
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5502
    if (base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5503
        qWarning("QString::toULongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5504
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5505
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5506
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5507
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5508
    bool my_ok;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5509
    QLocale def_locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5510
    quint64 result = def_locale.d()->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5511
    if (my_ok) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5512
        if (ok != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5513
            *ok = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5514
        return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5515
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5516
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5517
    QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5518
    return c_locale.d()->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5519
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5520
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5521
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5522
    \fn long QString::toLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5523
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5524
    Returns the string converted to a \c long using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5525
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5526
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5527
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5528
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5529
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5530
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5531
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5532
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5533
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5535
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5536
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5537
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 73
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5538
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5539
    \sa number(), toULong(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5540
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5541
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5542
long QString::toLong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5543
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5544
    qint64 v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5545
    if (v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5546
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5547
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5548
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5549
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5550
    return (long)v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5551
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5553
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5554
    \fn ulong QString::toULong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5555
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5556
    Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned long} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5557
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5558
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5559
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5560
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5561
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5562
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5563
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5564
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5565
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5566
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5567
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5568
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5569
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 78
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5570
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5571
    \sa number()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5572
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5573
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5574
ulong QString::toULong(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5575
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5576
    quint64 v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5577
    if (v > ULONG_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5578
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5579
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5580
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5581
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5582
    return (ulong)v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5583
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5585
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5586
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5587
    Returns the string converted to an \c int using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5588
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5589
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5590
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5591
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5592
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5593
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5594
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5595
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5596
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5598
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5599
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5600
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 72
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5601
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5602
    \sa number(), toUInt(), toDouble()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5603
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5604
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5605
int QString::toInt(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5606
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5607
    qint64 v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5608
    if (v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5609
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5610
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5611
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5612
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5613
    return v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5614
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5615
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5616
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5617
    Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned int} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5618
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5619
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5620
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5621
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5622
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5623
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5624
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5625
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5626
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5627
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5628
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5629
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5630
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 77
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5631
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5632
    \sa number(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5633
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5634
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5635
uint QString::toUInt(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5636
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5637
    quint64 v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5638
    if (v > UINT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5639
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5640
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5641
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5642
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5643
    return (uint)v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5644
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5646
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5647
    Returns the string converted to a \c short using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5648
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5649
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5650
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5651
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5652
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5653
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5654
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5655
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5656
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5657
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5658
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5659
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5660
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 76
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5662
    \sa number(), toUShort(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5663
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5665
short QString::toShort(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5666
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5667
    long v = toLongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5668
    if (v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5669
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5670
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5671
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5672
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5673
    return (short)v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5674
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5676
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5677
    Returns the string converted to an \c{unsigned short} using base \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5678
    base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36, or 0.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5679
    Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5680
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5681
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5682
    *\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5683
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5684
    If \a base is 0, the C language convention is used: If the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5685
    begins with "0x", base 16 is used; if the string begins with "0",
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5686
    base 8 is used; otherwise, base 10 is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5687
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5688
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5689
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5690
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 80
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5692
    \sa number(), toShort()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5693
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5694
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5695
ushort QString::toUShort(bool *ok, int base) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5696
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5697
    ulong v = toULongLong(ok, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5698
    if (v > USHRT_MAX) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5699
        if (ok)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5700
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5701
        v = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5702
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5703
    return (ushort)v;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5704
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5705
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5706
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5707
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5708
    Returns the string converted to a \c double value.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5709
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5710
    Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5712
    If a conversion error occurs, \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5713
    otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5714
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5715
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 66
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5716
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5717
    Various string formats for floating point numbers can be converted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5718
    to double values:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5719
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5720
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 67
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5721
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5722
    This function tries to interpret the string according to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5723
    current locale. The current locale is determined from the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5724
    system at application startup and can be changed by calling
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5725
    QLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5726
    according to the current locale, this function falls back
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5727
    on the "C" locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5728
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5729
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 69
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5730
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 70
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5732
    Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5733
    separator in various locales, this function does not handle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5734
    thousands group separators. If you need to convert such numbers,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5735
    see QLocale::toDouble().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5736
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5737
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 68
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5738
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5739
    \sa number() QLocale::setDefault() QLocale::toDouble() trimmed()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5740
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5742
double QString::toDouble(bool *ok) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5743
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5744
    bool my_ok;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5745
    QLocale def_locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5746
    double result = def_locale.d()->stringToDouble(*this, &my_ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5747
    if (my_ok) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5748
        if (ok != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5749
            *ok = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5750
        return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5751
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5752
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5753
    QLocale c_locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5754
    return c_locale.d()->stringToDouble(*this, ok, QLocalePrivate::FailOnGroupSeparators);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5755
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5756
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5757
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5758
    Returns the string converted to a \c float value.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5759
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5760
    If a conversion error occurs, *\a{ok} is set to false; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5761
    *\a{ok} is set to true. Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5762
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5763
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5764
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5765
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 71
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5766
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5767
    \sa number(), toDouble(), toInt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5768
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5769
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5770
#define QT_MAX_FLOAT 3.4028234663852886e+38
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5771
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5772
float QString::toFloat(bool *ok) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5773
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5774
    bool myOk;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5775
    double d = toDouble(&myOk);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5776
    if (!myOk || d > QT_MAX_FLOAT || d < -QT_MAX_FLOAT) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5777
        if (ok != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5778
            *ok = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5779
        return 0.0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5780
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5781
    if (ok != 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5782
        *ok = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5783
    return (float) d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5784
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5786
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(int n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5787
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5788
    Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in the specified \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5789
    base, and returns a reference to the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5791
    The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36. For bases
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5792
    other than 10, \a n is treated as an unsigned integer.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5794
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 56
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5796
   The formatting always uses QLocale::C, i.e., English/UnitedStates.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5797
   To get a localized string representation of a number, use
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5798
   QLocale::toString() with the appropriate locale.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5799
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5800
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5801
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(uint n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5802
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5803
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5804
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5805
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5806
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(long n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5807
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5808
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5809
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5811
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(ulong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5812
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5813
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5814
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5815
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5816
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5817
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5818
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5819
QString &QString::setNum(qlonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5820
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5821
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5822
    if (base < 2 || base > 36) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5823
        qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid base (%d)", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5824
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5825
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5826
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5827
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5828
    *this = locale.d()->longLongToString(n, -1, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5829
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5830
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5832
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5833
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5834
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5835
QString &QString::setNum(qulonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5836
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5837
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5838
    if (base < 2 || base > 36) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5839
        qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid base (%d)", base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5840
        base = 10;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5841
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5842
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5843
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5844
    *this = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(n, -1, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5845
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5846
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5847
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5848
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(short n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5850
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5851
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5852
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5853
/*! \fn QString &QString::setNum(ushort n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5854
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5855
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5856
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5857
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5858
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5859
    \fn QString &QString::setNum(double n, char format, int precision)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5860
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5861
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5862
    Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted according
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5863
    to the given \a format and \a precision, and returns a reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5864
    to the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5865
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5866
    The \a format can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G' (see the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5867
    arg() function documentation for an explanation of the formats).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5868
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5869
    Unlike QLocale::toString(), this function doesn't honor the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5870
    user's locale settings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5871
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5872
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5873
QString &QString::setNum(double n, char f, int prec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5874
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5875
    QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5876
    uint flags = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5877
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5878
    if (qIsUpper(f))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5879
        flags = QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5880
    f = qToLower(f);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5881
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5882
    switch (f) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5883
        case 'f':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5884
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5885
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5886
        case 'e':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5887
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5888
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5889
        case 'g':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5890
            form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5891
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5892
        default:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5893
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5894
            qWarning("QString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", f);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5895
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5896
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5897
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5898
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5899
    QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5900
    *this = locale.d()->doubleToString(n, prec, form, -1, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5901
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5902
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5904
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5905
    \fn QString &QString::setNum(float n, char format, int precision)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5906
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5907
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5908
    Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted according
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5909
    to the given \a format and \a precision, and returns a reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5910
    to the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5911
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5912
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5913
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5914
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5915
    \fn QString QString::number(long n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5917
    Returns a string equivalent of the number \a n according to the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5918
    specified \a base.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5919
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5920
    The base is 10 by default and must be between 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5921
    and 36. For bases other than 10, \a n is treated as an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5922
    unsigned integer.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5923
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5924
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 35
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5925
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5926
    \sa setNum()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5927
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5928
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5929
QString QString::number(long n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5930
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5931
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5932
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5933
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5934
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5935
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5936
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5937
  \fn QString QString::number(ulong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5938
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5939
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5940
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5941
QString QString::number(ulong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5942
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5943
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5944
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5945
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5946
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5947
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5948
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5949
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5950
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5951
QString QString::number(int n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5952
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5953
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5954
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5955
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5956
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5958
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5959
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5960
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5961
QString QString::number(uint n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5962
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5963
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5964
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5965
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5966
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5968
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5969
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5970
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5971
QString QString::number(qlonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5972
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5973
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5974
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5975
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5976
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5978
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5979
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5980
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5981
QString QString::number(qulonglong n, int base)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5982
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5983
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5984
    s.setNum(n, base);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5985
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5986
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5987
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5988
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5989
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5990
    \fn QString QString::number(double n, char format, int precision)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5991
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5992
    Returns a string equivalent of the number \a n, formatted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5993
    according to the specified \a format and \a precision. See
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5994
    \l{Argument Formats} for details.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5996
    Unlike QLocale::toString(), this function does not honor the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5997
    user's locale settings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5998
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  5999
    \sa setNum(), QLocale::toString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6000
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6001
QString QString::number(double n, char f, int prec)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6002
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6003
    QString s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6004
    s.setNum(n, f, prec);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6005
    return s;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6006
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6007
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6008
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6009
    Splits the string into substrings wherever \a sep occurs, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6010
    returns the list of those strings. If \a sep does not match
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6011
    anywhere in the string, split() returns a single-element list
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6012
    containing this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6013
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6014
    \a cs specifies whether \a sep should be matched case
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6015
    sensitively or case insensitively.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6016
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6017
    If \a behavior is QString::SkipEmptyParts, empty entries don't
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6018
    appear in the result. By default, empty entries are kept.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6019
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6020
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6021
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6022
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 62
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6024
    \sa QStringList::join(), section()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6025
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6026
QStringList QString::split(const QString &sep, SplitBehavior behavior, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6027
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6028
    QStringList list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6029
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6030
    int extra = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6031
    int end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6032
    while ((end = indexOf(sep, start + extra, cs)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6033
        if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6034
            list.append(mid(start, end - start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6035
        start = end + sep.size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6036
        extra = (sep.size() == 0 ? 1 : 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6037
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6038
    if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6039
        list.append(mid(start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6040
    return list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6041
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6042
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6043
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6044
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6045
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6046
QStringList QString::split(const QChar &sep, SplitBehavior behavior, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6047
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6048
    QStringList list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6049
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6050
    int end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6051
    while ((end = indexOf(sep, start, cs)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6052
        if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6053
            list.append(mid(start, end - start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6054
        start = end + 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6055
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6056
    if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6057
        list.append(mid(start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6058
    return list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6059
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6060
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6061
#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6062
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6063
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6064
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6065
    Splits the string into substrings wherever the regular expression
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6066
    \a rx matches, and returns the list of those strings. If \a rx
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6067
    does not match anywhere in the string, split() returns a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6068
    single-element list containing this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6069
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6070
    Here's an example where we extract the words in a sentence
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6071
    using one or more whitespace characters as the separator:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6072
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6073
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 59
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6074
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6075
    Here's a similar example, but this time we use any sequence of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6076
    non-word characters as the separator:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6077
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6078
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 60
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6079
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6080
    Here's a third example where we use a zero-length assertion,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6081
    \bold{\\b} (word boundary), to split the string into an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6082
    alternating sequence of non-word and word tokens:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6083
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6084
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 61
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6085
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6086
    \sa QStringList::join(), section()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6087
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6088
QStringList QString::split(const QRegExp &rx, SplitBehavior behavior) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6089
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6090
    QRegExp rx2(rx);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6091
    QStringList list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6092
    int start = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6093
    int extra = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6094
    int end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6095
    while ((end = rx2.indexIn(*this, start + extra)) != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6096
        int matchedLen = rx2.matchedLength();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6097
        if (start != end || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6098
            list.append(mid(start, end - start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6099
        start = end + matchedLen;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6100
        extra = (matchedLen == 0) ? 1 : 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6101
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6102
    if (start != size() || behavior == KeepEmptyParts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6103
        list.append(mid(start));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6104
    return list;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6105
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6106
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6107
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6108
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6109
    \enum QString::NormalizationForm
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6110
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6111
    This enum describes the various normalized forms of Unicode text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6112
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6113
    \value NormalizationForm_D  Canonical Decomposition
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6114
    \value NormalizationForm_C  Canonical Decomposition followed by Canonical Composition
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6115
    \value NormalizationForm_KD  Compatibility Decomposition
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6116
    \value NormalizationForm_KC  Compatibility Decomposition followed by Canonical Composition
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6117
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6118
    \sa normalized(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6119
        {http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr15/}{Unicode Standard Annex #15}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6120
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6122
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6123
    \fn QString QString::normalized(NormalizationForm mode) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6124
    Returns the string in the given Unicode normalization \a mode.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6125
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6126
QString QString::normalized(QString::NormalizationForm mode) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6127
{
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  6128
    return normalized(mode, UNICODE_DATA_VERSION);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6129
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6130
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6131
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6132
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6133
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6134
    Returns a copy of this string repeated the specified number of \a times.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6135
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6136
    If \a times is less than 1, an empty string is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6137
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6138
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6139
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6140
    \code
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6141
        QString str("ab");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6142
        str.repeated(4);            // returns "abababab"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6143
    \endcode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6144
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6145
QString QString::repeated(int times) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6146
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6147
    if (d->size == 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6148
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6150
    if (times <= 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6151
        if (times == 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6152
            return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6153
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6154
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6156
    const int resultSize = times * d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6157
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6158
    QString result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6159
    result.reserve(resultSize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6160
    if (result.d->alloc != resultSize)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6161
        return QString(); // not enough memory
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6162
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6163
    memcpy(result.d->data, d->data, d->size * sizeof(ushort));
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6164
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6165
    int sizeSoFar = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6166
    ushort *end = result.d->data + sizeSoFar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6167
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6168
    const int halfResultSize = resultSize >> 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6169
    while (sizeSoFar <= halfResultSize) {
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6170
        memcpy(end, result.d->data, sizeSoFar * sizeof(ushort));
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6171
        end += sizeSoFar;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6172
        sizeSoFar <<= 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6173
    }
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6174
    memcpy(end, result.d->data, (resultSize - sizeSoFar) * sizeof(ushort));
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6175
    result.d->data[resultSize] = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6176
    result.d->size = resultSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6177
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6178
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6179
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6180
void qt_string_normalize(QString *data, QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version, int from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6181
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6182
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6183
    \fn QString QString::normalized(NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6185
    Returns the string in the given Unicode normalization \a mode,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6186
    according to the given \a version of the Unicode standard.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6187
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6188
QString QString::normalized(QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6189
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6190
    QString copy = *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6191
    qt_string_normalize(&copy, mode, version, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6192
    return copy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6193
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6195
void qt_string_normalize(QString *data, QString::NormalizationForm mode, QChar::UnicodeVersion version, int from)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6196
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6197
    bool simple = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6198
    const QChar *p = data->constData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6199
    int len = data->length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6200
    for (int i = from; i < len; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6201
        if (p[i].unicode() >= 0x80) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6202
            simple = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6203
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6204
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6205
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6206
    if (simple)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6207
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6208
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  6209
    if (version == QChar::Unicode_Unassigned) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  6210
        version = UNICODE_DATA_VERSION;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  6211
    } else if (version != UNICODE_DATA_VERSION) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  6212
        QString &s = *data;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6213
        for (int i = 0; i < NumNormalizationCorrections; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6214
            const NormalizationCorrection &n = uc_normalization_corrections[i];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6215
            if (n.version > version) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6216
                int pos = from;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6217
                if (n.ucs4 > 0xffff) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6218
                    ushort ucs4High = QChar::highSurrogate(n.ucs4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6219
                    ushort ucs4Low = QChar::lowSurrogate(n.ucs4);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6220
                    ushort oldHigh = QChar::highSurrogate(n.old_mapping);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6221
                    ushort oldLow = QChar::lowSurrogate(n.old_mapping);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6222
                    while (pos < s.length() - 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6223
                        if (s.at(pos).unicode() == ucs4High && s.at(pos + 1).unicode() == ucs4Low) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6224
                            s[pos] = oldHigh;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6225
                            s[pos + 1] = oldLow;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6226
                            ++pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6227
                        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6228
                        ++pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6229
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6230
                } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6231
                    while (pos < s.length()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6232
                        if (s.at(pos).unicode() == n.ucs4) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6233
                            s[pos] = n.old_mapping;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6234
                        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6235
                        ++pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6236
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6237
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6238
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6239
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6240
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6241
    decomposeHelper(data, mode < QString::NormalizationForm_KD, version, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6242
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6243
    canonicalOrderHelper(data, version, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6245
    if (mode == QString::NormalizationForm_D || mode == QString::NormalizationForm_KD)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6246
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6247
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6248
    composeHelper(data, from);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6249
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6250
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6251
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6252
struct ArgEscapeData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6253
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6254
    int min_escape;            // lowest escape sequence number
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6255
    int occurrences;           // number of occurrences of the lowest escape sequence number
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6256
    int locale_occurrences;    // number of occurrences of the lowest escape sequence number that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6257
                               // contain 'L'
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6258
    int escape_len;            // total length of escape sequences which will be replaced
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6259
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6260
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6261
static ArgEscapeData findArgEscapes(const QString &s)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6262
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6263
    const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6264
    const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6266
    ArgEscapeData d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6267
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6268
    d.min_escape = INT_MAX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6269
    d.occurrences = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6270
    d.escape_len = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6271
    d.locale_occurrences = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6273
    const QChar *c = uc_begin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6274
    while (c != uc_end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6275
        while (c != uc_end && c->unicode() != '%')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6276
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6277
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6278
        if (c == uc_end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6279
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6280
        const QChar *escape_start = c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6281
        if (++c == uc_end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6282
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6283
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6284
        bool locale_arg = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6285
        if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6286
            locale_arg = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6287
            if (++c == uc_end)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6288
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6289
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6290
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6291
        if (c->digitValue() == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6292
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6293
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6294
        int escape = c->digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6295
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6296
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6297
        if (c != uc_end && c->digitValue() != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6298
            escape = (10 * escape) + c->digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6299
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6300
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6301
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6302
        if (escape > d.min_escape)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6303
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6304
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6305
        if (escape < d.min_escape) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6306
            d.min_escape = escape;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6307
            d.occurrences = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6308
            d.escape_len = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6309
            d.locale_occurrences = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6310
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6311
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6312
        ++d.occurrences;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6313
        if (locale_arg)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6314
            ++d.locale_occurrences;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6315
        d.escape_len += c - escape_start;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6316
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6317
    return d;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6318
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6319
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6320
static QString replaceArgEscapes(const QString &s, const ArgEscapeData &d, int field_width,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6321
                                 const QString &arg, const QString &larg, const QChar &fillChar = QLatin1Char(' '))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6322
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6323
    const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6324
    const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6325
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6326
    int abs_field_width = qAbs(field_width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6327
    int result_len = s.length()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6328
                     - d.escape_len
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6329
                     + (d.occurrences - d.locale_occurrences)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6330
                     *qMax(abs_field_width, arg.length())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6331
                     + d.locale_occurrences
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6332
                     *qMax(abs_field_width, larg.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6333
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6334
    QString result(result_len, Qt::Uninitialized);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6335
    QChar *result_buff = (QChar*) result.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6336
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6337
    QChar *rc = result_buff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6338
    const QChar *c = uc_begin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6339
    int repl_cnt = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6340
    while (c != uc_end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6341
        /* We don't have to check if we run off the end of the string with c,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6342
           because as long as d.occurrences > 0 we KNOW there are valid escape
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6343
           sequences. */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6344
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6345
        const QChar *text_start = c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6347
        while (c->unicode() != '%')
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6348
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6349
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6350
        const QChar *escape_start = c++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6351
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6352
        bool locale_arg = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6353
        if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6354
            locale_arg = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6355
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6356
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6358
        int escape = c->digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6359
        if (escape != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6360
            if (c + 1 != uc_end && (c + 1)->digitValue() != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6361
                escape = (10 * escape) + (c + 1)->digitValue();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6362
                ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6363
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6364
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6365
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6366
        if (escape != d.min_escape) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6367
            memcpy(rc, text_start, (c - text_start)*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6368
            rc += c - text_start;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6369
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6370
        else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6371
            ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6373
            memcpy(rc, text_start, (escape_start - text_start)*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6374
            rc += escape_start - text_start;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6375
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6376
            uint pad_chars;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6377
            if (locale_arg)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6378
                pad_chars = qMax(abs_field_width, larg.length()) - larg.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6379
            else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6380
                pad_chars = qMax(abs_field_width, arg.length()) - arg.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6381
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6382
            if (field_width > 0) { // left padded
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6383
                for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6384
                    (rc++)->unicode() = fillChar.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6385
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6386
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6387
            if (locale_arg) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6388
                memcpy(rc, larg.unicode(), larg.length()*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6389
                rc += larg.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6390
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6391
            else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6392
                memcpy(rc, arg.unicode(), arg.length()*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6393
                rc += arg.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6394
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6395
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6396
            if (field_width < 0) { // right padded
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6397
                for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6398
                    (rc++)->unicode() = fillChar.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6399
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6401
            if (++repl_cnt == d.occurrences) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6402
                memcpy(rc, c, (uc_end - c)*sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6403
                rc += uc_end - c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6404
                Q_ASSERT(rc - result_buff == result_len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6405
                c = uc_end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6406
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6407
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6408
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6409
    Q_ASSERT(rc == result_buff + result_len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6410
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6411
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6412
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6413
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6414
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6415
  Returns a copy of this string with the lowest numbered place marker
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6416
  replaced by string \a a, i.e., \c %1, \c %2, ..., \c %99.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6417
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6418
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that argument \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6419
  a shall occupy. If \a a requires less space than \a fieldWidth, it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6420
  is padded to \a fieldWidth with character \a fillChar.  A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6421
  \a fieldWidth produces right-aligned text. A negative \a fieldWidth
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6422
  produces left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6423
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6424
  This example shows how we might create a \c status string for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6425
  reporting progress while processing a list of files:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6426
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6427
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 11
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6428
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6429
  First, \c arg(i) replaces \c %1. Then \c arg(total) replaces \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6430
  %2. Finally, \c arg(fileName) replaces \c %3.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6431
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6432
  One advantage of using arg() over sprintf() is that the order of the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6433
  numbered place markers can change, if the application's strings are
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6434
  translated into other languages, but each arg() will still replace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6435
  the lowest numbered unreplaced place marker, no matter where it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6436
  appears. Also, if place marker \c %i appears more than once in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6437
  string, the arg() replaces all of them.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6438
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6439
  If there is no unreplaced place marker remaining, a warning message
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6440
  is output and the result is undefined. Place marker numbers must be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6441
  in the range 1 to 99.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6442
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6443
QString QString::arg(const QString &a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6444
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6445
    ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6446
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6447
    if (d.occurrences == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6448
        qWarning("QString::arg: Argument missing: %s, %s", toLocal8Bit().data(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6449
                  a.toLocal8Bit().data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6450
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6451
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6452
    return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, a, a, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6453
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6454
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6455
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6456
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6457
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6458
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6459
  This is the same as \c {str.arg(a1).arg(a2)}, except that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6460
  strings \a a1 and \a a2 are replaced in one pass. This can make a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6461
  difference if \a a1 contains e.g. \c{%1}:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6462
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6463
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 13
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6464
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6465
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6466
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6467
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6468
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6469
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6470
  This is the same as calling \c str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3), except
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6471
  that the strings \a a1, \a a2 and \a a3 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6472
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6473
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6474
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6475
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6476
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6478
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6479
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4)}, except that the strings \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6480
  a1, \a a2, \a a3 and \a a4 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6481
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6482
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6483
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6484
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6485
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6486
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6487
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6488
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5)}, except that the strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6489
  \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, and \a a5 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6490
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6491
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6492
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6493
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6494
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6495
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6496
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6497
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6))}, except that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6498
  the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, and \a a6 are
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6499
  replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6500
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6501
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6502
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6503
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6504
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6505
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6506
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6507
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7)},
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6508
  except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6509
  and \a a7 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6510
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6511
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6512
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6513
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7, const QString& a8) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6514
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6516
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6517
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7).arg(a8)},
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6518
  except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6, \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6519
  a7, and \a a8 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6520
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6521
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6522
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6523
  \fn QString QString::arg(const QString& a1, const QString& a2, const QString& a3, const QString& a4, const QString& a5, const QString& a6, const QString& a7, const QString& a8, const QString& a9) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6524
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6525
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6526
  This is the same as calling \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6527
  {str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4).arg(a5).arg(a6).arg(a7).arg(a8).arg(a9)},
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6528
  except that the strings \a a1, \a a2, \a a3, \a a4, \a a5, \a a6, \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6529
  a7, \a a8, and \a a9 are replaced in one pass.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6530
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6531
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6532
/*! \fn QString QString::arg(int a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6533
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6535
  The \a a argument is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6536
  default and must be between 2 and 36. For bases other than 10, \a a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6537
  is treated as an unsigned integer.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6538
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6539
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6540
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6541
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6542
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6543
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6544
  The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6545
  replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6546
  uses the default locale, set by QLocale::setDefault(). If no default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6547
  locale was specified, the "C" locale is used. The 'L' flag is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6548
  ignored if \a base is not 10.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6550
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 12
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6551
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 14
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6553
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6554
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6555
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6556
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6558
/*! \fn QString QString::arg(uint a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6559
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6560
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6561
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6562
  integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6563
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6564
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6565
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6566
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6567
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6568
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6569
/*! \fn QString QString::arg(long a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6570
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6571
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6572
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6573
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6574
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6575
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6576
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6577
  The \a a argument is expressed in the given \a base, which is 10 by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6578
  default and must be between 2 and 36.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6580
  The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6581
  replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6582
  uses the default locale. The default locale is determined from the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6583
  system's locale settings at application startup. It can be changed
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6584
  using QLocale::setDefault(). The 'L' flag is ignored if \a base is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6585
  not 10.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6586
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6587
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 12
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6588
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 14
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6589
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6590
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6591
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6592
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6593
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6594
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6595
/*! \fn QString QString::arg(ulong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6596
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6598
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6599
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6600
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6601
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6602
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6603
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6604
  integer \a a to a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with 8
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6605
  giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6606
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6607
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6608
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6609
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6610
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6611
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6612
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6613
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6614
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6615
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6616
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6617
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6618
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6619
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6620
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6621
  integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6622
  8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6623
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6624
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6625
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6626
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6627
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6628
QString QString::arg(qlonglong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6629
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6630
    ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6631
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6632
    if (d.occurrences == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6633
        qWarning() << "QString::arg: Argument missing:" << *this << ',' << a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6634
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6635
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6636
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6637
    unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6638
    if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0'))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6639
        flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6640
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6641
    QString arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6642
    if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6643
        arg = QLocale::c().d()->longLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6644
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6645
    QString locale_arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6646
    if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6647
        QLocale locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6648
        locale_arg = locale.d()->longLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6649
                                                  flags | QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6650
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6651
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6652
    return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6653
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6655
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6656
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6657
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6658
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6659
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6660
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6661
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6662
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6663
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6664
  integer \a a into a string. \a base must be between 2 and 36, with 8
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6665
  giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6666
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6667
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6668
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6669
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6670
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6671
QString QString::arg(qulonglong a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6672
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6673
    ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6674
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6675
    if (d.occurrences == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6676
        qWarning() << "QString::arg: Argument missing:" << *this << ',' << a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6677
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6678
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6679
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6680
    unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6681
    if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0'))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6682
        flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6683
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6684
    QString arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6685
    if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6686
        arg = QLocale::c().d()->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6687
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6688
    QString locale_arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6689
    if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6690
        QLocale locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6691
        locale_arg = locale.d()->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, fieldWidth,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6692
                                                     flags | QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6693
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6694
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6695
    return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6696
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6697
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6698
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6699
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6701
  \fn QString QString::arg(short a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6702
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6703
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6704
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6705
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6706
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6707
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6708
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6709
  integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6710
  8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6711
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6712
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6713
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6714
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6715
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6716
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6717
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6718
  \fn QString QString::arg(ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6719
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6720
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6721
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6722
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar. A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6723
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6724
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6725
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6726
  The \a base argument specifies the base to use when converting the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6727
  integer \a a into a string. The base must be between 2 and 36, with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6728
  8 giving octal, 10 decimal, and 16 hexadecimal numbers.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6730
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), the locale's zero is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6731
  used. For negative numbers, zero padding might appear before the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6732
  minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6733
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6735
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6736
    \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6737
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6738
QString QString::arg(QChar a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6739
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6740
    QString c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6741
    c += a;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6742
    return arg(c, fieldWidth, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6743
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6744
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6745
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6746
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6748
  The \a a argument is interpreted as a Latin-1 character.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6749
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6750
QString QString::arg(char a, int fieldWidth, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6751
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6752
    QString c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6753
    c += QLatin1Char(a);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6754
    return arg(c, fieldWidth, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6755
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6756
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6757
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6758
  \fn QString QString::arg(double a, int fieldWidth, char format, int precision, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6759
  \overload arg()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6760
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6761
  Argument \a a is formatted according to the specified \a format and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6762
  \a precision. See \l{Argument Formats} for details.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6763
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6764
  \a fieldWidth specifies the minimum amount of space that \a a is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6765
  padded to and filled with the character \a fillChar.  A positive
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6766
  value produces right-aligned text; a negative value produces
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6767
  left-aligned text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6768
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6769
  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6770
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6771
  The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6772
  replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6773
  uses the default locale, set by QLocale::setDefaultLocale(). If no
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6774
  default locale was specified, the "C" locale is used.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6775
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6776
  If \a fillChar is '0' (the number 0, ASCII 48), this function will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6777
  use the locale's zero to pad. For negative numbers, the zero padding
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6778
  will probably appear before the minus sign.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6779
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6780
  \sa QLocale::toString()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6781
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6782
QString QString::arg(double a, int fieldWidth, char fmt, int prec, const QChar &fillChar) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6783
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6784
    ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6786
    if (d.occurrences == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6787
        qWarning("QString::arg: Argument missing: %s, %g", toLocal8Bit().data(), a);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6788
        return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6789
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6791
    unsigned flags = QLocalePrivate::NoFlags;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6792
    if (fillChar == QLatin1Char('0'))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6793
        flags = QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6794
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6795
    if (qIsUpper(fmt))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6796
        flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6797
    fmt = qToLower(fmt);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6798
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6799
    QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6800
    switch (fmt) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6801
    case 'f':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6802
        form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6803
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6804
    case 'e':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6805
        form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6806
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6807
    case 'g':
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6808
        form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6809
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6810
    default:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6811
#if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6812
        qWarning("QString::arg: Invalid format char '%c'", fmt);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6813
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6814
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6815
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6817
    QString arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6818
    if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6819
        arg = QLocale::c().d()->doubleToString(a, prec, form, fieldWidth, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6820
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6821
    QString locale_arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6822
    if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6823
        QLocale locale;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6824
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6825
        flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6826
        locale_arg = locale.d()->doubleToString(a, prec, form, fieldWidth, flags);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6827
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6828
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6829
    return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg, fillChar);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6830
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6832
static int getEscape(const QChar *uc, int *pos, int len, int maxNumber = 999)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6833
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6834
    int i = *pos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6835
    ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6836
    if (i < len && uc[i] == QLatin1Char('L'))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6837
        ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6838
    if (i < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6839
        int escape = uc[i].unicode() - '0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6840
        if (uint(escape) >= 10U)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6841
            return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6842
        ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6843
        while (i < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6844
            int digit = uc[i].unicode() - '0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6845
            if (uint(digit) >= 10U)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6846
                break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6847
            escape = (escape * 10) + digit;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6848
            ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6849
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6850
        if (escape <= maxNumber) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6851
            *pos = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6852
            return escape;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6853
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6854
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6855
    return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6856
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6857
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6858
QString QString::multiArg(int numArgs, const QString **args) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6859
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6860
    QString result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6861
    QMap<int, int> numbersUsed;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6862
    const QChar *uc = (const QChar *) d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6863
    const int len = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6864
    const int end = len - 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6865
    int lastNumber = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6866
    int i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6867
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6868
    // populate the numbersUsed map with the %n's that actually occur in the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6869
    while (i < end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6870
        if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('%')) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6871
            int number = getEscape(uc, &i, len);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6872
            if (number != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6873
                numbersUsed.insert(number, -1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6874
                continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6875
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6876
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6877
        ++i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6878
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6879
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6880
    // assign an argument number to each of the %n's
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6881
    QMap<int, int>::iterator j = numbersUsed.begin();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6882
    QMap<int, int>::iterator jend = numbersUsed.end();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6883
    int arg = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6884
    while (j != jend && arg < numArgs) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6885
        *j = arg++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6886
        lastNumber = j.key();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6887
        ++j;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6888
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6889
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6890
    // sanity
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6891
    if (numArgs > arg) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6892
        qWarning("QString::arg: %d argument(s) missing in %s", numArgs - arg, toLocal8Bit().data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6893
        numArgs = arg;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6894
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6895
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6896
    i = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6897
    while (i < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6898
        if (uc[i] == QLatin1Char('%') && i != end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6899
            int number = getEscape(uc, &i, len, lastNumber);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6900
            int arg = numbersUsed[number];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6901
            if (number != -1 && arg != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6902
                result += *args[arg];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6903
                continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6904
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6905
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6906
        result += uc[i++];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6907
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6908
    return result;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6909
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6910
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6911
/*! \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6912
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6913
void QString::updateProperties() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6914
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6915
    ushort *p = d->data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6916
    ushort *end = p + d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6917
    d->simpletext = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6918
    while (p < end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6919
        ushort uc = *p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6920
        // sort out regions of complex text formatting
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6921
        if (uc > 0x058f && (uc < 0x1100 || uc > 0xfb0f)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6922
            d->simpletext = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6923
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6924
        p++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6925
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6926
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6927
    d->righttoleft = isRightToLeft();
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6928
    d->clean = true;
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6929
}
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6930
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6931
bool QString::isRightToLeft() const
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6932
{
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6933
    ushort *p = d->data;
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6934
    const ushort * const end = p + d->size;
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6935
    bool righttoleft = false;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6936
    while (p < end) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6937
        switch(QChar::direction(*p))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6938
        {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6939
        case QChar::DirL:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6940
            goto end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6941
        case QChar::DirR:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6942
        case QChar::DirAL:
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6943
            righttoleft = true;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6944
            goto end;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6945
        default:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6946
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6947
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6948
        ++p;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6949
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6950
 end:
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6951
    return righttoleft;
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6952
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6953
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6954
/*! \fn bool QString::isSimpleText() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6956
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6957
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6958
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6959
/*! \fn bool QString::isRightToLeft() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6960
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  6961
    Returns true if the string is read right to left.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6962
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6963
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6964
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6965
/*! \fn QChar *QString::data()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6966
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6967
    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the QString. The pointer
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6968
    can be used to access and modify the characters that compose the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6969
    string. For convenience, the data is '\\0'-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6970
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6971
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6972
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6973
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 19
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6974
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6975
    Note that the pointer remains valid only as long as the string is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6976
    not modified by other means. For read-only access, constData() is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6977
    faster because it never causes a \l{deep copy} to occur.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6978
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6979
    \sa constData(), operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6980
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6981
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6982
/*! \fn const QChar *QString::data() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6983
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6984
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6985
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6986
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6987
/*! \fn const QChar *QString::constData() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6988
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6989
    Returns a pointer to the data stored in the QString. The pointer
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6990
    can be used to access the characters that compose the string. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6991
    convenience, the data is '\\0'-terminated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6992
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6993
    Note that the pointer remains valid only as long as the string is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6994
    not modified.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6996
    \sa data(), operator[]()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6997
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6998
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  6999
/*! \fn void QString::push_front(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7000
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7001
    This function is provided for STL compatibility, prepending the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7002
    given \a other string to the beginning of this string. It is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7003
    equivalent to \c prepend(other).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7004
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7005
    \sa prepend()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7006
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7007
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7008
/*! \fn void QString::push_front(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7009
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7010
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7011
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7012
    Prepends the given \a ch character to the beginning of this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7013
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7014
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7015
/*! \fn void QString::push_back(const QString &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7016
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7017
    This function is provided for STL compatibility, appending the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7018
    given \a other string onto the end of this string. It is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7019
    equivalent to \c append(other).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7021
    \sa append()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7022
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7024
/*! \fn void QString::push_back(QChar ch)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7025
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7026
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7027
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7028
    Appends the given \a ch character onto the end of this string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7029
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7030
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7031
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7032
    \fn std::string QString::toStdString() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7034
    Returns a std::string object with the data contained in this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7035
    QString. The Unicode data is converted into 8-bit characters using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7036
    the toAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7037
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7038
    This operator is mostly useful to pass a QString to a function
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7039
    that accepts a std::string object.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7040
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7041
    If the QString contains Unicode characters that the
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7042
    QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() codec cannot handle, using this operator
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7043
    can lead to loss of information.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7044
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7045
    This operator is only available if Qt is configured with STL
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7046
    compatibility enabled.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7047
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7048
    \sa toAscii(), toLatin1(), toUtf8(), toLocal8Bit()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7049
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7050
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7051
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7052
    Constructs a QString that uses the first \a size Unicode characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7053
    in the array \a unicode. The data in \a unicode is \e not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7054
    copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \a unicode will
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7055
    not be deleted or modified as long as the QString (or an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7056
    unmodified copy of it) exists.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7057
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7058
    Any attempts to modify the QString or copies of it will cause it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7059
    to create a deep copy of the data, ensuring that the raw data
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7060
    isn't modified.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7061
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7062
    Here's an example of how we can use a QRegExp on raw data in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7063
    memory without requiring to copy the data into a QString:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7064
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7065
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 22
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7066
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp 23
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7067
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7068
    \warning A string created with fromRawData() is \e not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7069
    '\\0'-terminated, unless the raw data contains a '\\0' character
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7070
    at position \a size. This means unicode() will \e not return a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7071
    '\\0'-terminated string (although utf16() does, at the cost of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7072
    copying the raw data).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7073
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7074
    \sa fromUtf16(), setRawData()
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7075
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7076
QString QString::fromRawData(const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7077
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7078
    Data *x = static_cast<Data *>(qMalloc(sizeof(Data)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7079
    Q_CHECK_PTR(x);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7080
    if (unicode) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7081
        x->data = (ushort *)unicode;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7082
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7083
        x->data = x->array;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7084
        size = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7085
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7086
    x->ref = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7087
    x->alloc = x->size = size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7088
    *x->array = '\0';
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7089
    x->clean = x->asciiCache = x->simpletext = x->righttoleft = x->capacity = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7090
    return QString(x, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7091
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7092
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7093
/*!
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7094
    \since 4.7
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7095
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7096
    Resets the QString to use the first \a size Unicode characters
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7097
    in the array \a unicode. The data in \a unicode is \e not
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7098
    copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \a unicode will
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7099
    not be deleted or modified as long as the QString (or an
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7100
    unmodified copy of it) exists.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7101
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7102
    This function can be used instead of fromRawData() to re-use
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7103
    existings QString objects to save memory re-allocations.
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7104
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7105
    \sa fromRawData()
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7106
*/
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7107
QString &QString::setRawData(const QChar *unicode, int size)
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7108
{
33
3e2da88830cd Revision: 201031
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 30
diff changeset
  7109
    if (d->ref != 1 || (d->data == d->array && d->alloc)) {
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7110
        *this = fromRawData(unicode, size);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7111
    } else {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7112
#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7113
        if (d->asciiCache) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7114
            Q_ASSERT(asciiCache);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7115
            asciiCache->remove(d);
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7116
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7117
#endif
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7118
        if (unicode) {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7119
            d->data = (ushort *)unicode;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7120
        } else {
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7121
            d->data = d->array;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7122
            size = 0;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7123
        }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7124
        d->alloc = d->size = size;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7125
        *d->array = '\0';
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7126
        d->clean = d->asciiCache = d->simpletext = d->righttoleft = d->capacity = 0;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7127
    }
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7128
    return *this;
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7129
}
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7130
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7131
/*! \class QLatin1String
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7132
    \brief The QLatin1String class provides a thin wrapper around an US-ASCII/Latin-1 encoded string literal.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7133
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7134
    \ingroup string-processing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7135
    \reentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7136
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7137
    Many of QString's member functions are overloaded to accept
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7138
    \c{const char *} instead of QString. This includes the copy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7139
    constructor, the assignment operator, the comparison operators,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7140
    and various other functions such as \link QString::insert()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7141
    insert() \endlink, \link QString::replace() replace()\endlink,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7142
    and \link QString::indexOf() indexOf()\endlink. These functions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7143
    are usually optimized to avoid constructing a QString object for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7144
    the \c{const char *} data. For example, assuming \c str is a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7145
    QString,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7146
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7147
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7149
    is much faster than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7150
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7151
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7152
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7153
    because it doesn't construct four temporary QString objects and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7154
    make a deep copy of the character data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7156
    Applications that define \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII (as explained
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7157
    in the QString documentation) don't have access to QString's
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7158
    \c{const char *} API. To provide an efficient way of specifying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7159
    constant Latin-1 strings, Qt provides the QLatin1String, which is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7160
    just a very thin wrapper around a \c{const char *}. Using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7161
    QLatin1String, the example code above becomes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7162
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7163
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7164
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7165
    This is a bit longer to type, but it provides exactly the same
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7166
    benefits as the first version of the code, and is faster than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7167
    converting the Latin-1 strings using QString::fromLatin1().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7168
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7169
    Thanks to the QString(const QLatin1String &) constructor,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7170
    QLatin1String can be used everywhere a QString is expected. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7171
    example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7172
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7173
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_tools_qstring.cpp 6
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7174
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7175
    \sa QString, QLatin1Char
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7176
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7177
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7178
/*! \fn QLatin1String::QLatin1String(const char *str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7179
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7180
    Constructs a QLatin1String object that stores \a str. Note that if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7181
    \a str is 0, an empty string is created; this case is handled by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7182
    QString.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7183
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7184
    The string data is \e not copied. The caller must be able to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7185
    guarantee that \a str will not be deleted or modified as long as
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7186
    the QLatin1String object exists.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7187
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7188
    \sa latin1()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7189
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7190
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7191
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7192
    \since 4.1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7193
    \fn QLatin1String &QLatin1String::operator=(const QLatin1String &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7194
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7195
    Constructs a copy of \a other.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7196
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7197
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7198
/*! \fn const char *QLatin1String::latin1() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7199
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7200
    Returns the Latin-1 string stored in this object.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7201
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7202
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7203
/*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator==(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7204
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7205
    Returns true if this string is equal to string \a other;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7206
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7207
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7208
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7209
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7210
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7211
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7212
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7214
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7215
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator==(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7216
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7217
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7218
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7219
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7220
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7221
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7222
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7223
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7224
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7225
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7226
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7227
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7228
/*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator!=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7230
    Returns true if this string is not equal to string \a other;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7231
    otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7233
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7234
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7235
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7236
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7237
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7238
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7239
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7240
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator!=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7241
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7242
    \overload operator!=()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7243
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7244
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7245
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7247
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7248
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7249
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7250
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7251
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7252
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7253
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7254
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7255
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7256
    Returns true if this string is lexically greater than string \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7257
    other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7258
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7259
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7260
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7261
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7262
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7263
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7264
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7265
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7266
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7267
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7268
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7269
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7270
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7271
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7273
    You can disable this operator by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7274
    when you compile your applications. This can be useful if you want
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7275
    to ensure that all user-visible strings go through QObject::tr(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7276
    for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7277
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7278
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7279
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7280
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7281
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7282
    Returns true if this string is lexically less than the \a other
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7283
    string; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7284
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7285
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7286
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7287
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7288
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7289
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7290
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7291
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7292
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7293
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7294
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7295
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7296
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7297
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7299
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7300
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7301
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7302
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7303
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7304
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7305
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7306
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7307
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7308
    Returns true if this string is lexically greater than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7309
    to string \a other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7311
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7312
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7313
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7314
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7315
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7316
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7317
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7318
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator>=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7319
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7320
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7321
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7322
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7323
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7325
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7326
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7327
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7328
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7329
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7330
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7331
/*! \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<=(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7332
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7333
    Returns true if this string is lexically less than or equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7334
    to string \a other; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7335
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7336
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7337
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7338
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7339
    QString::localeAwareCompare().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7340
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7341
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7342
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7343
    \fn bool QLatin1String::operator<=(const char *other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7344
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7345
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7347
    The \a other const char pointer is converted to a QString using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7348
    the QString::fromAscii() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7349
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7350
    You can disable this operator by defining \c
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7351
    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications. This
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7352
    can be useful if you want to ensure that all user-visible strings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7353
    go through QObject::tr(), for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7354
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7355
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7356
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7357
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7358
/* \fn bool operator==(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7359
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7360
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7361
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically equal to string \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7362
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7363
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7364
/* \fn bool operator!=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7365
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7366
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7367
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically unequal to string \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7368
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7369
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7370
/* \fn bool operator<(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7371
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7372
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7373
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically smaller than string \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7374
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7375
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7376
/* \fn bool operator<=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7377
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7378
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7379
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically smaller than or equal to string \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7380
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7381
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7382
/* \fn bool operator>(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7383
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7384
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7385
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically greater than string \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7386
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7387
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7388
/* \fn bool operator>=(const QLatin1String &s1, const QLatin1String &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7389
   \relates QLatin1String
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7390
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7391
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7392
   string \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7393
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7394
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7395
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  7396
#if !defined(QT_NO_DATASTREAM) || (defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED) && !defined(QT_BUILD_QMAKE))
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7397
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7398
    \fn QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &stream, const QString &string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7399
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7400
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7401
    Writes the given \a string to the specified \a stream.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7402
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7403
    \sa {Serializing Qt Data Types}
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7404
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7405
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7406
QDataStream &operator<<(QDataStream &out, const QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7407
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7408
    if (out.version() == 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7409
        out << str.toLatin1();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7410
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7411
        if (!str.isNull() || out.version() < 3) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7412
            int byteOrder = out.byteOrder();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7413
            const QChar* ub = str.unicode();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7414
            static const uint auto_size = 1024;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7415
            char t[auto_size];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7416
            char *b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7417
            if (str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7418
                b = new char[str.length()*sizeof(QChar)];
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7419
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7420
                b = t;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7421
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7422
            int l = str.length();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7423
            char *c=b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7424
            while (l--) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7425
                if (byteOrder == QDataStream::BigEndian) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7426
                    *c++ = (char)ub->row();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7427
                    *c++ = (char)ub->cell();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7428
                } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7429
                    *c++ = (char)ub->cell();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7430
                    *c++ = (char)ub->row();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7431
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7432
                ub++;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7433
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7434
            out.writeBytes(b, sizeof(QChar)*str.length());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7435
            if (str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7436
                delete [] b;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7437
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7438
            // write null marker
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7439
            out << (quint32)0xffffffff;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7440
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7441
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7442
    return out;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7443
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7444
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7445
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7446
    \fn QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &stream, QString &string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7447
    \relates QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7448
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7449
    Reads a string from the specified \a stream into the given \a string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7450
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7451
    \sa {Serializing Qt Data Types}
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7452
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7453
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7454
QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QString &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7455
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7456
#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7457
#if defined(Q_CC_GNU)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7458
#warning "operator>> not working properly"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7459
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7460
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7461
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7462
    if (in.version() == 1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7463
        QByteArray l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7464
        in >> l;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7465
        str = QString::fromLatin1(l);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7466
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7467
        quint32 bytes = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7468
        in >> bytes;                                  // read size of string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7469
        if (bytes == 0xffffffff) {                    // null string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7470
            str.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7471
        } else if (bytes > 0) {                       // not empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7472
            if (bytes & 0x1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7473
                str.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7474
                in.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadCorruptData);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7475
                return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7476
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7477
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7478
            const quint32 Step = 1024 * 1024;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7479
            quint32 len = bytes / 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7480
            quint32 allocated = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7481
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7482
            while (allocated < len) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7483
                int blockSize = qMin(Step, len - allocated);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7484
                str.resize(allocated + blockSize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7485
                if (in.readRawData(reinterpret_cast<char *>(str.data()) + allocated * 2,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7486
                                   blockSize * 2) != blockSize * 2) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7487
                    str.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7488
                    in.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadPastEnd);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7489
                    return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7490
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7491
                allocated += blockSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7492
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7493
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7494
            if ((in.byteOrder() == QDataStream::BigEndian)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7495
                    != (QSysInfo::ByteOrder == QSysInfo::BigEndian)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7496
                ushort *data = reinterpret_cast<ushort *>(str.data());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7497
                while (len--) {
30
5dc02b23752f Revision: 201025
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 19
diff changeset
  7498
                    *data = qbswap(*data);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7499
                    ++data;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7500
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7501
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7502
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7503
            str = QLatin1String("");
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7504
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7505
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7506
    return in;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7507
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7508
#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7509
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7510
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7511
    \fn void QString::setLength(int nl)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7512
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7513
    Use resize() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7514
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7515
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7516
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7517
    \fn QString QString::copy() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7518
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7519
    Use simple assignment instead. QString is implicitly shared so if
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7520
    a copy is modified only the copy is changed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7521
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7522
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7523
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7524
    \fn QString &QString::remove(QChar c, bool cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7525
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7526
    Use the remove(QChar, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7527
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7528
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7529
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7530
    \fn QString &QString::remove(const QString  &s, bool cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7531
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7532
    Use the remove(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7533
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7534
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7535
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7536
    \fn QString &QString::replace(QChar c, const QString  &after, bool cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7537
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7538
    Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7539
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7540
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7541
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7542
    \fn QString &QString::replace(const QString &before, const QString &after, bool cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7543
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7544
    Use the replace(QString, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7545
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7546
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7547
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7548
    \fn QString &QString::replace(char c, const QString &after, bool cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7549
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7550
    Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7551
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7553
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7554
    \fn QString &QString::replace(char c, const QString &after, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7555
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7556
    Use the replace(QChar, QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7557
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7558
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7559
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7560
    \fn int QString::find(QChar c, int i = 0, bool cs = true) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7561
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7562
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7563
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7564
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7565
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7566
    \fn int QString::find(const QString &s, int i = 0, bool cs = true) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7567
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7568
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7569
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7570
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7571
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7572
    \fn int QString::findRev(QChar c, int i = -1, bool cs = true) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7573
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7574
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7575
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7576
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7577
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7578
    \fn int QString::findRev(const QString &s, int i = -1, bool cs = true) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7580
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7581
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7582
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7583
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7584
    \fn int QString::find(const QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7585
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7586
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7587
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7588
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7589
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7590
    \fn int QString::find(QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7591
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7592
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7593
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7594
    Use indexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7595
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7596
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7597
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7598
    \fn int QString::findRev(const QRegExp &rx, int i=-1) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7599
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7600
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7601
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7602
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7603
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7604
    \fn int QString::findRev(QRegExp &rx, int i=0) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7605
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7606
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7607
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7608
    Use lastIndexOf() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7609
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7610
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7611
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7612
    \fn QBool QString::contains(QChar c, bool cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7613
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7614
    Use the contains(QChar, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7615
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7616
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7617
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7618
    \fn QBool QString::contains(const QString &s, bool cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7619
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7620
    Use the contains(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7621
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7622
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7623
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7624
    \fn bool QString::startsWith(const QString &s, bool cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7625
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7626
    Use the startsWith(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7627
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7628
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7629
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7630
    \fn bool QString::endsWith(const QString &s, bool cs) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7631
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7632
    Use the endsWith(QString, Qt::CaseSensitive) overload instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7633
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7634
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7635
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7636
    \fn QString QString::leftJustify(int width, QChar fill = QLatin1Char(' '), bool trunc=false) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7637
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7638
    Use leftJustified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7639
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7640
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7641
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7642
    \fn QString QString::rightJustify(int width, QChar fill = QLatin1Char(' '), bool trunc=false) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7643
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7644
    Use rightJustified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7645
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7646
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7647
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7648
    \fn QString QString::lower() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7649
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7650
    Use toLower() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7651
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7652
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7653
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7654
    \fn QString QString::upper() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7655
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7656
    Use toUpper() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7657
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7658
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7659
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7660
    \fn QString QString::stripWhiteSpace() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7661
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7662
    Use trimmed() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7663
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7665
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7666
    \fn QString QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7667
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7668
    Use simplified() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7669
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7671
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7672
    \fn QString &QString::setUnicodeCodes(const ushort *unicode_as_ushorts, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7673
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7674
    Use setUtf16() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7675
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7676
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7677
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7678
    \fn ushort *QString::ucs2() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7679
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7680
    Use utf16() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7681
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7683
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7684
    \fn QString QString::fromUcs2(const ushort *unicode, int size = -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7685
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7686
    Use fromUtf16() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7687
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7688
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7689
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7690
    \fn QString &QString::setAscii(const char *str, int len = -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7691
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7692
    Use fromAscii() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7693
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7694
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7695
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7696
    \fn QString &QString::setLatin1(const char *str, int len = -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7697
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7698
    Use fromLatin1() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7699
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7700
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7701
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7702
    \fn QChar QString::constref(uint i) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7703
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7704
    Use at() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7705
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7706
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7707
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7708
    \fn QChar &QString::ref(uint i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7709
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7710
    Use operator[]() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7711
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7712
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7713
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7714
    \fn QString::operator const char *() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7715
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7716
    Use toAscii().constData() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7717
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7719
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7720
    \class QConstString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7721
    \brief The QConstString class is a wrapper for constant Unicode string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7722
    \compat
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7723
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7724
    In Qt 4, QConstString is replaced by QString::fromRawData(), a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7725
    static function that constructs a QString object based on Unicode
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7726
    string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7727
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7728
    Because QString::fromRawData() has slightly more stringent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7729
    constraints than QConstString had in Qt 3, the new QConstString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7730
    class takes a deep copy of the string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7732
    \sa QString::fromRawData()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7733
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7734
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7735
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7736
    \fn QConstString::QConstString(const QChar *unicode, int size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7737
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7738
    Use QString(\a unicode, \a size) or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7739
    QString::fromRawData(\a unicode, \a size) instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7740
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7742
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7743
    \fn const QString &QConstString::string() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7744
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7745
    Returns \c *this. Not necessary in Qt 4.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7746
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7748
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7749
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7750
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7751
    \class QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7752
    \since 4.3
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7753
    \brief The QStringRef class provides a thin wrapper around QString substrings.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7754
    \reentrant
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7755
    \ingroup tools
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7756
    \ingroup string-processing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7757
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7758
    QStringRef provides a read-only subset of the QString API.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7759
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7760
    A string reference explicitly references a portion of a string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7761
    with a given size(), starting at a specific position(). Calling
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7762
    toString() returns a copy of the data as a real QString instance.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7763
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7764
    This class is designed to improve the performance of substring
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7765
    handling when manipulating substrings obtained from existing QString
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7766
    instances. QStringRef avoids the memory allocation and reference
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7767
    counting overhead of a standard QString by simply referencing a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7768
    part of the original string. This can prove to be advantageous in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7769
    low level code, such as that used in a parser, at the expense of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7770
    potentially more complex code.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7771
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7772
    For most users, there are no semantic benefits to using QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7773
    instead of QString since QStringRef requires attention to be paid
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7774
    to memory management issues, potentially making code more complex
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7775
    to write and maintain.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7776
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7777
    \warning A QStringRef is only valid as long as the referenced
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7778
    string exists. If the original string is deleted, the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7779
    reference points to an invalid memory location.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7780
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7781
    We suggest that you only use this class in stable code where profiling
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7782
    has clearly identified that performance improvements can be made by
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7783
    replacing standard string operations with the optimized substring
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7784
    handling provided by this class.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7785
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7786
    \sa {Implicitly Shared Classes}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7787
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7788
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7789
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7790
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7791
 \fn QStringRef::QStringRef()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7792
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7793
 Constructs an empty string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7794
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7795
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7796
/*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QString *string, int position, int length)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7797
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7798
Constructs a string reference to the range of characters in the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7799
\a string specified by the starting \a position and \a length in characters.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7800
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7801
\warning This function exists to improve performance as much as possible,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7802
and performs no bounds checking. For program correctness, \a position and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7803
\a length must describe a valid substring of \a string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7804
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7805
This means that the starting \a position must be positive or 0 and smaller
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7806
than \a string's length, and \a length must be positive or 0 but smaller than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7807
the string's length minus the starting \a position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7808
i.e, 0 <= position < string->length() and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7809
0 <= length <= string->length() - position must both be satisfied.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7810
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7811
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7812
/*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QString *string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7813
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7814
Constructs a string reference to the given \a string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7815
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7817
/*! \fn QStringRef::QStringRef(const QStringRef &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7818
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7819
Constructs a copy of the \a other string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7820
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7821
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7822
\fn QStringRef::~QStringRef()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7823
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7824
Destroys the string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7825
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7826
Since this class is only used to refer to string data, and does not take
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7827
ownership of it, no memory is freed when instances are destroyed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7828
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7829
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7830
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7831
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7832
    \fn int QStringRef::position() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7834
    Returns the starting position in the referenced string that is referred to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7835
    by the string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7836
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7837
    \sa size(), string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7838
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7839
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7840
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7841
    \fn int QStringRef::size() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7842
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7843
    Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7844
    Equivalent to length() and count().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7845
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7846
    \sa position(), string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7847
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7848
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7849
    \fn int QStringRef::count() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7850
    Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7851
    Equivalent to size() and length().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7852
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7853
    \sa position(), string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7854
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7855
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7856
    \fn int QStringRef::length() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7857
    Returns the number of characters referred to by the string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7858
    Equivalent to size() and count().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7860
    \sa position(), string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7861
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7862
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7863
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7864
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7865
    \fn bool QStringRef::isEmpty() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7866
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7867
    Returns true if the string reference has no characters; otherwise returns
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7868
    false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7869
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7870
    A string reference is empty if its size is zero.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7871
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7872
    \sa size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7873
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7875
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7876
    \fn bool QStringRef::isNull() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7877
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7878
    Returns true if string() returns a null pointer or a pointer to a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7879
    null string; otherwise returns true.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7880
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7881
    \sa size()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7882
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7883
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7884
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7885
    \fn const QString *QStringRef::string() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7886
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7887
    Returns a pointer to the string referred to by the string reference, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7888
    0 if it does not reference a string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7889
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7890
    \sa unicode()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7891
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7892
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7893
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7894
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7895
    \fn const QChar *QStringRef::unicode() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7896
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7897
    Returns a Unicode representation of the string reference. Since
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7898
    the data stems directly from the referenced string, it is not
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7899
    null-terminated unless the string reference includes the string's
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7900
    null terminator.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7901
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7902
    \sa string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7903
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7904
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7905
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7906
    \fn const QChar *QStringRef::data() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7907
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7908
    Same as unicode().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7909
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7910
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7911
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7912
    \fn const QChar *QStringRef::constData() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7913
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7914
    Same as unicode().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7915
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7917
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7918
    Returns a copy of the string reference as a QString object.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7919
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7920
    If the string reference is not a complete reference of the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7921
    (meaning that position() is 0 and size() equals string()->size()),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7922
    this function will allocate a new string to return.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7923
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7924
    \sa string()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7925
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7926
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7927
QString QStringRef::toString() const {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7928
    if (!m_string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7929
        return QString();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7930
    if (m_size && m_position == 0 && m_size == m_string->size())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7931
        return *m_string;
18
2f34d5167611 Revision: 201011
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 3
diff changeset
  7932
    return QString(m_string->unicode() + m_position, m_size);
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7933
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7934
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7935
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7936
/*! \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7937
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7938
   Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7939
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7940
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7941
bool operator==(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7942
{ return (s1.size() == s2.size() &&
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7943
          qMemEquals((const ushort *)s1.unicode(), (const ushort *)s2.unicode(), s1.size()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7944
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7945
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7946
/*! \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7947
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7948
   Returns true if string \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7949
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7950
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7951
bool operator==(const QString &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7952
{ return (s1.size() == s2.size() &&
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7953
          qMemEquals((const ushort *)s1.unicode(), (const ushort *)s2.unicode(), s1.size()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7954
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7955
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7956
/*! \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7958
   Returns true if string  \a s1 is lexically equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7959
   returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7960
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7961
bool operator==(const QLatin1String &s1, const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7962
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7963
    const ushort *uc = reinterpret_cast<const ushort *>(s2.unicode());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7964
    const ushort *e = uc + s2.size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7965
    const uchar *c = reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(s1.latin1());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7966
    if (!c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7967
        return s2.isEmpty();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7968
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7969
    while (*c) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7970
        if (uc == e || *uc != *c)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7971
            return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7972
        ++uc;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7973
        ++c;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7974
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7975
    return (uc == e);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7976
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7977
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7978
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7979
   \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7980
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7981
    Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically less than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7982
    string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7983
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7984
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7985
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7986
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7987
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7988
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7989
bool operator<(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7990
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7991
    return ucstrcmp(s1.constData(), s1.length(), s2.constData(), s2.length()) < 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7992
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7993
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7994
/*!\fn bool operator<=(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7995
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7996
   \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7997
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7998
    Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically less than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  7999
    or equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8000
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8001
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8002
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8003
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8004
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8005
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8006
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8007
/*!\fn bool operator>=(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8009
   \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8010
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8011
    Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically greater than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8012
    or equal to string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8013
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8014
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8015
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8016
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8017
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8018
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8019
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8020
/*!\fn bool operator>(const QStringRef &s1,const QStringRef &s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8021
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8022
   \relates QStringRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8024
    Returns true if string reference \a s1 is lexically greater than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8025
    string reference \a s2; otherwise returns false.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8026
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8027
    The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8028
    of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8029
    expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings using the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8030
    QString::localeAwareCompare() function.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8031
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8032
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8033
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8034
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8035
    \fn const QChar QStringRef::at(int position) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8037
    Returns the character at the given index \a position in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8038
    string reference.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8039
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8040
    The \a position must be a valid index position in the string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8041
    (i.e., 0 <= \a position < size()).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8042
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8043
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8044
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8045
    \fn void QStringRef::clear()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8046
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8047
    Clears the contents of the string reference by making it null and empty.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8048
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8049
    \sa isEmpty(), isNull()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8050
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8051
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8052
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8053
    \fn QStringRef &QStringRef::operator=(const QStringRef &other)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8054
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8055
    Assigns the \a other string reference to this string reference, and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8056
    returns the result.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8057
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8058
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8059
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8060
    \fn QStringRef &QStringRef::operator=(const QString *string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8061
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8062
    Constructs a string reference to the given \a string and assigns it to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8063
    this string reference, returning the result.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8064
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8065
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8066
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8067
    \typedef QString::DataPtr
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8068
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8069
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8070
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8071
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8072
    \fn DataPtr & QString::data_ptr()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8073
    \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8074
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8075
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8076
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8077
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8078
/*!  Appends the string reference to \a string, and returns a new
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8079
reference to the combined string data.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8080
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8081
QStringRef QStringRef::appendTo(QString *string) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8082
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8083
    if (!string)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8084
        return QStringRef();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8085
    int pos = string->size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8086
    string->insert(pos, unicode(), size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8087
    return QStringRef(string, pos, size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8088
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8089
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8090
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8091
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, const QString &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8092
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8093
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8094
    Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8095
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8096
    is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8098
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8099
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8100
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8101
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8102
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8103
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, const QStringRef &s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8104
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8105
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8106
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8107
    Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8108
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8109
    is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8110
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8111
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8112
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8113
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8114
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8115
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8116
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &s1, QLatin1String s2, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8117
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8118
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8119
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8120
    Compares the string \a s1 with the string \a s2 and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8121
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8122
    is less than, equal to, or greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8123
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8124
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8125
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8126
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8127
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8128
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8129
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8130
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QString &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8131
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8132
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8133
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8134
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8135
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8136
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8137
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8138
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8139
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8140
    Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8141
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8142
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8143
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8144
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8145
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8146
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8147
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(const QStringRef &other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8148
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8150
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8151
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8152
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8153
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8154
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8155
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8156
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8157
    Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8159
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8160
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8161
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8162
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8163
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8164
    \fn int QStringRef::compare(QLatin1String other, Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = Qt::CaseSensitive) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8165
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8166
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8167
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8168
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8169
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8170
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8171
    If \a cs is Qt::CaseSensitive, the comparison is case sensitive;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8172
    otherwise the comparison is case insensitive.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8173
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8174
    Equivalent to \c {compare(*this, other, cs)}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8175
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8176
    \sa QString::compare()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8177
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8178
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8179
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8180
    \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &s1, const QString & s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8181
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8183
    Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8184
    to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8185
    greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8186
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8187
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8188
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8189
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8190
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8191
    On Mac OS X, this function compares according the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8192
    "Order for sorted lists" setting in the International prefereces panel.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8194
    \sa compare(), QTextCodec::locale()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8195
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8196
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8197
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8198
    \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &s1, const QStringRef & s2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8199
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8200
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8202
    Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8203
    to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8204
    greater than \a s2.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8205
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8206
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8207
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8208
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8209
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8210
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8211
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8212
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8213
    \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QString &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8214
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8215
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8216
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8217
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8218
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8219
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8221
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8222
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8223
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8224
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8225
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8226
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8227
    \fn int QStringRef::localeAwareCompare(const QStringRef &other) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8228
    \since 4.5
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8229
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8230
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8231
    Compares this string with the \a other string and returns an
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8232
    integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if this string
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8233
    is less than, equal to, or greater than the \a other string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8234
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8235
    The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8236
    platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8237
    lists of strings to the user.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8238
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8239
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8240
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8241
    \fn QString &QString::append(const QStringRef &reference)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8242
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8243
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8244
    Appends the given string \a reference to this string and returns the result.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8245
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8246
QString &QString::append(const QStringRef &str)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8247
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8248
    if (str.string() == this) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8249
        str.appendTo(this);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8250
    } else if (str.string()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8251
        int oldSize = size();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8252
        resize(oldSize + str.size());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8253
        memcpy(data() + oldSize, str.unicode(), str.size() * sizeof(QChar));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8254
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8255
    return *this;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8256
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8257
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8258
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8259
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8260
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8261
    Returns a substring reference to the \a n leftmost characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8262
    of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8263
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8264
    If \a n is greater than size() or less than zero, a reference to the entire
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8265
    string is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8266
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8267
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp leftRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8268
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8269
    \sa left(), rightRef(), midRef(), startsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8270
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8271
QStringRef QString::leftRef(int n)  const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8272
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8273
    if (n >= d->size || n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8274
        n = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8275
    return QStringRef(this, 0, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8276
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8277
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8278
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8279
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8280
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8281
    Returns a substring reference to the \a n rightmost characters
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8282
    of the string.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8283
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8284
    If \a n is greater than size() or less than zero, a reference to the entire
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8285
    string is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8286
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8287
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp rightRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8288
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8289
    \sa right(), leftRef(), midRef(), endsWith()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8290
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8291
QStringRef QString::rightRef(int n) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8292
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8293
    if (n >= d->size || n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8294
        n = d->size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8295
    return QStringRef(this, d->size - n, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8296
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8297
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8298
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8299
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8300
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8301
    Returns a substring reference to \a n characters of this string,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8302
    starting at the specified \a position.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8303
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8304
    If the \a position exceeds the length of the string, an empty
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8305
    reference is returned.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8306
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8307
    If there are less than \a n characters available in the string,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8308
    starting at the given \a position, or if \a n is -1 (default), the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8309
    function returns all characters from the specified \a position
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8310
    onwards.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8311
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8312
    Example:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8314
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qstring/main.cpp midRef
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8315
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8316
    \sa mid(), leftRef(), rightRef()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8317
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8318
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8319
QStringRef QString::midRef(int position, int n) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8320
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8321
    if (d == &shared_null || position >= d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8322
        return QStringRef();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8323
    if (n < 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8324
        n = d->size - position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8325
    if (position < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8326
        n += position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8327
        position = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8328
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8329
    if (n + position > d->size)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8330
        n = d->size - position;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8331
    return QStringRef(this, position, n);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8332
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8333
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  8334
QT_END_NAMESPACE